Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / Manitex International, Inc.

Manitex International, Inc.

mntx · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mntx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Manitex International, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 

Commission File No.: 001-32401 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Michigan 
(State of incorporation) 

9725 Industrial Drive 
Bridgeview, Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

42-1628978 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

60455 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (708) 430-7500 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, no par value 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any 
amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large Accelerated Filer 

Non-Accelerated Filer 

 

 

Accelerated Filer

Smaller reporting company





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes        No    

The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock, no par value (“Common Stock”), held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 
2016 was approximately $88 million based upon the closing price for the Common Stock of $6.93 on the NASDAQ Stock Market on such date. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2017 was 16,552,186.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein) from the 
registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2017 Annual Meeting (the “2017 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the 
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 

ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

   BUSINESS ........................................................................................................................................................  
   RISK FACTORS ...............................................................................................................................................  
   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ............................................................................................................  
   PROPERTIES ...................................................................................................................................................  
   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .................................................................................................................................  
   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES .....................................................................................................................  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ................................................................................... 
   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ....................................................................................................................  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 
   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ..................................  
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ..................................................................  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ....................................................................................................................... 
   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................  
   OTHER INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................  

   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ..........................................  
   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ....................................................................................................................  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .................................................................................................. 
   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  
   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..................................................................................  

   EXHIBITS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .......................................................................  

SIGNATURES ........................................................................................................................................................................ 

1
2
10
15
16
16
16

17

17
19

20
37
38

89
89
90

91
91
91

91
91
91

92
92

93

i 

  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

References to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Manitex International, Inc., together in each case with our subsidiaries 
and any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking 
statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  other  than  statements  that  are  purely  historical,  are  forward-looking  statements  and  are  based  upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We 
use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  include,  without  limitation:  (1) projections  of  revenue,  earnings,  capital  structure  and  other  financial  items, 
(2) statements  of  our  plans  and  objectives,  (3) statements  regarding  the  capabilities  and  capacities  of  our  business  operations, 
(4) statements  of  expected future  economic  conditions  and  the  effect on  us  and  on our  customers,  (5) expected  benefits  of our  cost 
reduction  measures,  and  (6) assumptions  underlying  statements  regarding  us  or  our  business.  Our  actual  results  may  differ  from 
information  contained  in  these  forward  looking-statements  for  many  reasons,  including  those  described  below  and  in  the  section 
entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors”: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

a future substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe; 

government spending; fluctuations in the construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry; 

our level of indebtedness and our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements; 

our ability to negotiate extensions of our credit agreements and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed; 

the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; 

(6) 

increase in interest rates; 

(7)  Our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 

internationally; 

(8) 

difficulties  in  implementing  new  systems,  integrating  acquired  businesses,  managing  anticipated  growth,  and  responding  to 
technological change; 

(9) 

our customers’ diminished liquidity and credit availability; 

(10)  the performance of our competitors; 

(11)  shortages in supplies and raw materials or the increase in costs of materials; 

(12)  product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities; 

(13)  the volatility of our stock price; 

(14)  future sales of our common stock; 

(15)  the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions; 

(16)  currency transaction (foreign exchange) risks and the risk related to forward currency contracts; 

(17)  certain  provisions  of  the  Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act  and  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Incorporation,  as  amended, 
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  and  the  Company’s  Preferred  Stock  Purchase  Rights  may  discourage  or  prevent  a  change  in 
control of the Company; 

(18)  a substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any 

time;  

(19)  a disruption or breach in our information technology systems; 

(20)  our reliance on the management and leadership skills of our senior executives; 

(21)  the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and 

(22)  Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively affect our operating results; and 

(23)  other factors. 

1 

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  also  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition  or  operating  results.  We  do  not  undertake,  and  expressly  disclaim,  any  obligation  to  update  this  forward-looking 
information, except as required under applicable law. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Our Business  

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  specialty  lifting  and  loading  products.  The  Company  operates  in  three  business 
segments: the Lifting Equipment segment, the ASV segment and the Equipment Distribution segment.  

Lifting Equipment Segment  

Through its Lifting Equipment segment, the Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve 
multiple  functions  and  are  used  in  a  variety  of  industries.  Through  its  Manitex,  Inc.  subsidiary  it  markets  a  comprehensive  line  of 
boom  trucks,  truck  cranes  and  sign  cranes.    Manitex’s  boom  trucks  and  crane  products  are  primarily  used  for  industrial  projects, 
energy exploration and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and residential and commercial construction.  

PM Group S.p.A. (“PM”) is a leading Italian manufacturer of truck mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of 
technology  and  innovation,  and  a  product  range  spanning  more  than  50  models.  Its  largest  subsidiary,  Oil &  Steel  (“O&S”),  is  a 
manufacturer of truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international client base.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality, and railroad industries.  

Manitex  Sabre,  Inc.  (“Sabre”)  manufactures  a  comprehensive  line  of  specialized  mobile  tanks  for  liquid  and  solid  storage  and 
containment  solutions  with  capacities  from  8,000  to  21,000  gallons.  Its  mobile  tanks  will  be  sold  to  specialized  independent  tank 
rental  companies  and  through  the  Company’s  existing  dealer  network.  The  tanks  are  used  in  a  variety  of  end  markets  such  as 
petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling  

ASV Segment  

A.S.V.,  LLC  (“ASV”)  manufactures  a  line  of  high  quality  compact  rubber  tracked  and  skid  steer  loaders.  The  ASV  products  are 
distributed through independent dealers, the Terex Corporation (“Terex”) distribution channels as well as through the Company. This 
independent dealer network now has over 150 locations.  The products are used in the site clearing, general construction, forestry, golf 
course maintenance and landscaping industries, with general construction being the largest market.  

Equipment Distribution Segment  

The Equipment Distribution segment consists of two of the Company’s subsidiaries, Crane and Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) and Crane 
and  Machinery  Leasing,  Inc. (“C&M  Leasing”).    C&M  is a  distributor  of  Terex  rough terrain  and  truck  cranes products  as  well  as 
Manitex’s own products.  C&M offers equipment repair services in the Chicago area and supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium to heavy duty construction equipment both domestically and internationally. C&M Leasing rents equipment manufactured by 
the Company as well as a limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.           

Recent Acquisitions  

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into inventory and equipment purchase agreements with Columbia Tanks, LLC. Financial 
results are included in the consolidated results beginning on March 12, 2015. 

On January 15, 2015, the Company acquired PM Group S.p.A. (“PM”) which is based in San Cesario sul Panaro, Modena, Italy. PM’s 
financial results are included in the consolidated results beginning on January 15, 2015. 

On  December 19,  2014,  the  Company  completed  an  agreement  with  Terex  and  has  become  the  majority  owner  of  ASV,  which  is 
located in Grand Rapids, Minnesota. As a result of the transaction, the Company owns 51% of ASV and Terex owns 49% of ASV. 
ASV’s financial results are included in the consolidated results beginning on December 20, 2014.  

On December 16, 2014, the Company, BGI USA Inc. (“BGI”), Movedesign SRL and R& S Advisory S.r.l., entered into an operating 
agreement for Lift Ventures LLC (“Lift Ventures”), a joint venture entity. Lift Ventures manufactures and sells certain products and 

2 

 
 
components, including the Schaeff line of electric forklifts and certain Liftking products. The Company owns 25% of the equity of Lift 
Ventures  and  licenses  certain  intellectual  property  related  to  the  Company’s  products  to  Lift  Ventures.  In  2016,  the  Company 
determined its investment in Lift Ventures was impaired and has recognized an impairment charge to write off its entire investment in 
Lift Ventures LLC (See Note 26). 

On  November  30,  2013,  CVS  Ferrari  srl  (“CVS”),  an  Italian  corporation  and  a  wholly  subsidiary  of  Manitex  International,  Inc., 
purchased the assets of Valla SpA (“Valla”).  Valla develops mobile cranes from 2 to 90 tons, using electric, diesel and hybrid power 
options.  Its  cranes  offer  wheeled  or  tracked,  fixed or  swing  boom  configurations, with special  applications  designed  specifically  to 
meet  the  needs  of  its  customers.    Valla  was  reorganized  as  Manitex  Valla  srl  (“Valla”)  in  conjunction  with  the  sale  of  CVS  in 
December 2016. Valla’s financial results are included in the consolidated results beginning on November 30, 2013.  

On  August  19,  2013,  Manitex  Sabre,  Inc.  (“Sabre”)  acquired  the  assets  of  Sabre  Manufacturing,  LLC,  which  is  located  in  Knox, 
Indiana. Sabre manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for liquid and solid storage and containment solutions.  
Sabre’s financial results are included in the consolidated results beginning on August 19, 2013.  

Discontinued Operations 

CVS  Ferrari  srl  (“CVS”)  designed  and  manufactured  a  range  of  reach  stackers  and  associated  lifting  equipment  for  the  global 
container handling market.  CVS was sold on December 22, 2016, and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

Manitex Liftking ULC (“Manitex Liftking” or “Liftking”) sold a complete line of rough terrain forklifts, a line of stand-up electric 
forklifts,  cushioned  tiered  forklifts  with  lifting  capacities  from  18 thousand  to  40 thousand  pounds  and  special  mission  oriented 
vehicles,  as  well  as  other  specialized  carriers,  heavy  material  handling  transporters  and  steel  mill  equipment.  Liftking  was  sold  on 
September 30, 2016, and is presented as a discontinued operation.      

Manitex Load King, LLC (“Load King”) manufactured specialized custom trailers and hauling systems typically used for transporting 
heavy  equipment.  Load  King  trailers  served  niche  markets  in  the  commercial  construction,  railroad,  military  and  equipment  rental 
industries through a dealer network.  Load King was sold on December 28, 2015, and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

General Corporate Information  

Our predecessor company was formed in 1993 and was purchased in 2003 by Veri-Tek International, Corp., which changed its name 
to Manitex International, Inc. in 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455 
and  our  telephone  number  is  (708) 430-7500.  our  website  address  is  www.manitexinternational.com.  Information  contained  on  our 
website is not incorporated by reference into this report and such information should not be considered to be part of this report.  

3 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT BUSINESS SEGMENTS 

The following is financial information about our Lifting Equipment, ASV and Equipment Distribution segments for the years ending 
December 31,  2016,  2015  and  2014.  The  accounting  policies  of  the  segments  are  the  same  as  those  described  in  the  summary  of 
significant  accounting  policies  in  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  in  Item 8  of  this  Form 10-K,  except 
corporate expenses are not allocated to segments. The Company evaluates segment performance based upon operating income before 
corporate expenses. Amounts shown are in thousands of dollars. 

(In Thousands) 

AS OF OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

Revenues from continuing operations: 

Lifting Equipment 
ASV 
Equipment Distribution 
Inter-segment Eliminations 

Total 

Operating (loss) income from continuing operations: 

Lifting Equipment 
ASV 
Equipment Distribution 
Corporate expense 
Elimination of inter-segment profit in inventory 

Total 
Total assets: 

Lifting Equipment 
ASV 
Equipment Distribution 
Corporate 
Assets of discontinued operations 

Total 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

172,405    $
103,803     
16,404     
(3,653)   
288,959    $

193,436     $ 
116,935       
13,216       
(3,906 )     
319,681     $ 

158,319 
2,264 
21,104 
(4,685)
177,002 

2,301    $
6,009     
(2,893)   
(7,406)   
274     
(1,715)  $

8,557     $ 
5,496       
(136 )     
(8,522 )     
(187 )     
5,208     $ 

20,641 
(121)
374 
(7,968)
11 
12,937 

188,791    $
119,732     
8,742     
720     
—     
317,985    $

208,734     $ 
122,672       
14,585       
2,175       
53,257       
401,423     $ 

98,680 
124,146 
15,612 
1,262 
74,567 
314,267  

Lifting Equipment Segment 

Boom Trucks 

A boom truck is a straight telescopic boom crane outfitted with a hook and winch which is mounted on a standard flatbed commercial 
(Class  7  or  8)  truck  chassis.  Relative  to  other  lifting  equipment,  boom  trucks  provide  increased  versatility  and  are  capable  of 
transporting  relatively  large  payloads  from  site  to  site  at  highway  speeds.  A  boom  truck  is  usually  sold  with  outriggers,  pads  and 
devices for reinforcing the chassis in order to improve safety and stability. Although produced in a wide range of models and sizes, 
boom trucks can be broadly distinguished by their normal lifting capability as light, medium, and heavy-cranes. Various models of 
medium or heavy-lift boom trucks can safely lift loads from 15 to 70 tons and operating radii can exceed 200 feet. Another advantage 
of the boom truck is the ability to provide occasional man lift capabilities at a very low cost to height ratio. While it is not uncommon 
to see a very old boom truck, most replacement cycles seem to trend to seven years. The market for boom trucks has historically been 
cyclical.  

Although  the  Company  offers  a  complete  line  of  boom  trucks  from  light  to  heavy  capacity  cranes  much  of  our  efforts  have  been 
devoted to the development of higher capacity boom trucks specifically designed to meet the particular needs of customers including 
those in energy production and power distribution. We believe it is an advantage to be skewed towards the heavier lifting capacity, 
since the heavier capacity cranes have somewhat higher margins.  

Markets that drive demand for boom trucks include power distribution, oil and gas recovery, infrastructure and new home, commercial 
and industrial construction.  Historically, the new home construction market, which uses lower capacity cranes, has probably been the 
most cyclical. More recently demand from the energy sector has become significantly impacted by changes in oil prices.  

4 

  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
 
The Company sells its boom trucks through a network of over forty full service dealers in the United States, Canada, Mexico, South 
America, and the Middle East. A number of our dealers maintain a rental fleet of their own. Boom trucks can be rented for either short 
or long-term periods.  

In  2012,  the  market  for  boom  trucks  again  showed  considerable  improvement  with  total  industry  unit  sales  approaching  pre-2008 
levels. The market dynamics were, however, considerably different than they previously were. Much of the current demand then was 
being  driven  by  niche  market  sectors,  i.e.,  oil  and  gas  exploration  and  power  line  construction.  The  demand  from  the  general 
construction market, although slowly improving, still did not approach pre-2008 levels.  For 2012, the Company’s boom truck unit 
sales  increased  by  approximately  65%  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  increase  in  unit  sales  reflects  the  Company’s  strategic 
initiatives which have emphasized the development of boom trucks with higher lifting capacities that target the oil and gas and power 
line distribution market segments.  

In 2013, the overall market for boom truck was marginally down from the prior year. However, revenues generated from boom truck 
sales by the Company increased by approximately 30% in 2013. Accordingly, the Company’s market share was also up. The revenue 
increase was principally attributed to an increase in production capacity. This increase in capacity allowed us to reduce the backlog 
that existed at December 31, 2012 and to more aggressively promote the sale of our lower tonnage cranes. A significant portion of the 
December 2012 backlog was for higher tonnage cranes used in niche market segments particularly the North American energy sector. 
During the year, there was a softening in the demand for our products which are related to the energy sector.  

In 2014, the Company saw a decline in orders for cranes with higher lifting capacities that serve niche markets, including the North 
American energy sector slowdown from prior years, largely as a result of the fall in oil prices. However, demand for lower capacity 
cranes increased, offsetting the decrease in revenues generated from the sale of cranes with higher lifting capacities. The increase in 
revenues generated from the  sale of cranes with lower lifting capacity is reflective of the continued growth of general construction 
activity in North America. The change in mix did, however, result in lower gross profit percent for 2014. 

In 2015, the Company continued to aggressively pursue other markets for its boom trucks including the tree industry, utility industry, 
and  the  general  construction  markets.    This  focus  offset  and  mitigated  the  impact  of  the  energy  market  decline.  While  oil  prices 
continued to decline and the U.S. oil rig count dropped from 1,600 in January 2015 to just over 500 at end of the year we noted that 
the  energy  companies  began  selling  excess  equipment  into  our  other  markets.  This  combined  impact  lower  energy  market  sales 
combined with the selling off of excess equipment – resulted in a significant decrease in boom truck revenues during the year. 

 In 2016, we noted that this selloff of excess equipment continued through much of the year. This selloff dampened demand for new 
equipment in both the energy market and the other markets we serve with our boom trucks.  We did note that oil prices did begin to 
increase and by the beginning of June were approaching $50 per barrel.  Additionally, the oil rig count began to increase again and by 
year  end  totaled  525  oil  rigs.  Late  in  the  year,  orders  received  began  to  increase  and  included  orders  for  a  number  of  cranes  in  a 
multitude of markets that the Company serves.   We are hopeful that this trend will gain momentum in 2017 as we continue to focus 
our efforts into the tree, utility, general construction, energy and other industries. 

PM Group 

PM  is  a  leading  Italian  manufacturer  of  truck  mounted  hydraulic  knuckle  boom  cranes  with  a  50-year  history  of  technology  and 
innovation,  and  a  product  range  spanning  more  than  50  models.  Its  largest  subsidiary,  Oil  &  Steel  (“O&S”),  is  a  manufacturer  of 
truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line 

PM knuckle boom cranes are hydraulic folding and articulating cranes, mounted on a commercial chassis, with lifting capacities that 
range  from  small  (lifting  capacity  up  to  three  ton  meter)  to  super  heavy  (lifting  capacity  two  hundred  and  ten  ton  meter),  often 
supplied with a jib for additional reach. With a compact design and footprint, the crane can be mounted to maximize the load carrying 
capability of the chassis onto which it is mounted. Combined with the cranes ability to operate in a compact footprint the ability to 
carry a payload provides a competitive advantage over other truck mounted cranes and makes the knuckle boom crane particularly 
attractive for a variety of end uses in the construction and product delivery sectors. 

The  knuckle  boom  crane  market  is  a  global  market  with  a  wide  variety  of  end  sector  applications,  but  focused  particularly  on 
residential and non-residential construction, road and bridge and infrastructure development. Historically the knuckle boom crane has 
not had significant application in the energy sector. PM knuckle boom cranes are sold into a variety of geographies including West 
and  East  Europe,  Central  Asia,  Africa,  North  and  Central  America,  South  America,  the  Middle  East  and  the  Far  East  and  Pacific 
region. Historically, PM focused on its domestic and local Western European markets, but in recent years has expanded its sales and 
distribution efforts internationally. PM has twelve international sales and distribution offices located in several European countries as 
well  as  the  Far  East  and  Latin  America.    After  acquisition  by  Manitex,  the  Company  expanded  its  distribution  capability  with  the 
existing Manitex dealer network in North America as well as expanding the number of independent service centers in the US. 

5 

The market for knuckle boom cranes has been growing in recent years as the acceptability of the product has grown and its advantages 
have been accepted. Growth in North America where the straight mast boom truck crane has been the more dominant product has been 
more rapid in recent years in combination with the overall improvement in the North American construction sector. PM Group share 
of the North American market has been historically low; however this is an area of growth opportunity for the Company following its 
acquisition by Manitex. 

PM aerial platforms are self-propelled or truck mounted and places an operator in a basket in the air in order to perform maintenance, 
repairs or similar activities. The equipment is used in a variety of applications including utilities, sign work and industrial maintenance 
and is often sold to rental operations. 

PM group product serves in a number of geographies in West and East Europe but also the near and Far East and sells through dealers 
as well as its own sales and distribution offices. The market generally follows the domestic economic cycle for any particular country. 
Consequently, the market has shown a positive trend in the recent past as European economies recover from the 2009 / 2010 economic 
crisis.    

As PM severs a global market, its revenues are affected by changes in economic conditions in markets they serve. In 2016, the middle-
east market was soft and had an impact on PM 2016 revenues.     

Industrial Cranes 

Our Badger subsidiary sells specialized industrial cranes through a network of dealers. The Badger product line includes specialized 
15 and 30 ton industrial cranes (which can be used by the railroads) as well as a 10 ton carry deck crane which are all sold under both 
the Badger and Manitex names.  Additionally, Badger sells lattice cranes with 20 to 30 ton lifting capacity marketed under the Little 
Giant trade name.  The Little Giant line has five lattice boom models, three of which are dedicated rail cranes. In addition, Badger also 
sells  a  30  ton  truck  crane  and  a  25  ton  crawler  crane  under  the  Little  Giant  name.    Badger  also  has  the  capability  to  manufacture 
certain of our lower capacity boom trucks and provides expanded boom truck manufacturing capacity when needed. 

The products are used by railroads, refineries, states, municipalities, and for general construction.  The Company believes it has an 
advantage over its competitors in selling to railroads as it is the only crane manufacturer that has integrated the installation of rail gear 
into its production process. Competitors send their cranes to a third party to have rail gear added which both increases cost and delays 
deliveries.  

Our Valla product line of industrial cranes is a full range of precision pick and carry cranes from 2 to 90 tons, using electric, diesel, 
and  hybrid  power  options.  Its  cranes  offer  wheeled  or  tracked,  and  fixed  or  swing  boom  configurations,  with  special  applications 
designed  specifically  to  meet  the  needs  of  its  customers.  The  product  is  sold  internationally  through  dealers  and  into  the  rental 
distribution channel.  

Mobile Tanks 

Manitex Sabre manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for liquid and solid storage and containment solutions 
with capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized independent tank rental companies and through 
other direct customers. 

The tanks have historically been used in variety of end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling. 
However, when we purchased Sabre in 2013, their business heavily skewed towards the energy sector.  Since early 2014, we have 
been working to diversify the products, customers, and applications.  This includes expanding environmental applications and using 
our tanks to store deicer fluid at airports.  

ASV Segment 

Loaders and Skid Steer 

ASV manufactures and sells a complete range of compact rubber tracked loaders (CTL) and skid steer loaders (SSL). Our CTLs with 
rated operating capacity between 700 pound and 3,500 pounds are used in the site clearing, general construction, forestry, golf course 
maintenance  and  landscaping  industries,  with  general  construction  being  the  largest  market.  The  CTL  manufactured  by  ASV  has 
several patented features and unique attributes, including the only available rubber tracked undercarriage system. CTLs equipped with 
the  available  rubber  tracked  undercarriage  system  significantly  minimize  or  reduce  damages  to  the  surface  (ground)  on  which  it  is 
operating. Our SSLs with rated operating capacity between 1,600 pound and 3,200 pounds are used in general construction, material 
handling, including scrap and waste, and agricultural markets.  

6 

When  we  acquired  our  interest  in  ASV,  the  products  were  only  marketed  under  the  Terex  brand  and  sold  exclusively  through  the 
Terex  distribution  network.  Since  then,  we  have  reintroduced  the  ASV  brand  to  the  marketplace  and  have  entered  into  dealership 
agreements  with  independent  dealers.    Presently,  these  dealers  have  more  than  150  locations  to  serve  customers.    The  Company 
continues and will continue to sell Terex branded products and will continue to sell through the Terex distribution network.   

Equipment Distribution Segment 

The Equipment Distribution segment consists of two of the Company’s subsidiaries, Crane and Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) and Crane 
and  Machinery  Leasing,  Inc.  (“C&M  Leasing”).   C&M  is  a  distributor of  Terex  rough terrain  and  truck  cranes  products  as  well  as 
Manitex’s own products.  C&M offers equipment repair services in the Chicago area and supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium to heavy duty construction equipment both domestically and internationally.  

C&M Leasing rents equipment manufactured by the Company as well as equipment manufactured by third parties.   C&M Leasing 
has recently expanded its rental fleet.      

Revenues  attributable  to  the  Company’s  Equipment  Distribution  segment  were  less  than  10%  of  the  Company’s  total  revenues  for 
fiscal years 2016 and 2015 and approximately 12% for 2014.  

Part Sales 

Each of our segments supplies repair and replacement parts for its products. The parts business margins are higher than our overall 
margins. Part sales as a percentage of revenues tend to increase when there is a down-turn in the industry. Part sales as a percentage of 
revenues are approximately 19%, 16% and 12% for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

Total Company Revenues by Sources 

The sources of the Company’s revenues are summarized below: 

Boom trucks, knuckle boom & truck cranes 
Industrial cranes and forklifts 
Rough terrain forklifts 
Rough terrain cranes 
Compact loaders and skid steers 
Mobile tanks 
Used Construction Equipment 
Part sales 

Total Revenue 

2016 

2015 

2014 

45%  
2%  
1%  
1%  
24%  
3%  
5%  
19%  
100%  

43 %     
2 %     
0 %     
4 %     
27 %     
4 %     
4 %     
16 %     
100 %     

64%
8%
0%
2%
1%
9%
4%
12%
100%

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue.  

Raw Materials 

The Company purchases a variety of components used in the production of its products.  The Company purchases steel and a variety 
of  machined  parts,  components  and  subassemblies    including  weldments,  winches,  cylinders,  frames,  rims,  axles,  wheels,  tires, 
suspensions, cables, booms and cabs, as well as engines, transmissions and cabs.  Additionally, Manitex and PM mount their cranes on 
commercial truck chassis, which are either purchased by the Company or supplied by the customer. Lead times for these materials 
(including chassis) vary from several weeks to many months. The Company is vulnerable to a supply interruption in instances when 
only one supplier  has been qualified  and  identifying  and qualifying alternative suppliers  can  be  very  time  consuming,  and  in  some 
cases, could take longer than a year.  The Company has been working on qualifying secondary sources of some products to assure 
supply consistency and to reduce costs. The degree to which our supply base can respond to changes in market demand directly affects 
our ability to increase production and the Company attempts to maintain some additional inventory in order to react to unexpected 
increases in demand. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, raw materials and components were generally available to meet our production 
schedules and had no significant impact on full year revenues. During the first part of 2014 delivery of chassis for our larger cranes 
had  a  modest  impact  on  production,  however  this  was  alleviated  during  the  year  as  manufacturers  increased  their  production  and 
demand also slowed compared to the first half of the year. 

7 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any future supply chain issues that might impact the Company will in part depend on how fast the rate of growth is for a product as 
well as the rate of growth in the general economy. Strong general economic growth could put us in competition for parts with other 
industries. Additionally, events or circumstance at a particular supplier could impact the availability of a necessary component. 

Patents and Trademarks 

The  Company  protects  its  trade  names  and  trademarks  through  registration.  Its  technology  consists  of  bill  of  materials,  drawings, 
plans, vendor sources and specifications and although the Company’s technology has considerable value, it does not generally have 
patent protection. The Company has (on rare occasions) filed for patent protection on a specific feature. In the future, the Company 
will consider seeking patent protection on any new design features believed to present a significant future benefit. 

The  Company  owns  and  uses  several  trademarks  relating  to  its  brands  that  have  significant  value  and  are  instrumental  to  the 
Company’s ability to market its products. The Company’s most significant trademarks are its mark “Manitex” (presently registered 
with the United States Patent and Trademark Office until 2017).  Badger Equipment Company markets its products under the “Little 
Giant” and Badger trade names. The Company’s PM Group subsidiary sells its products using the trademark “PM” and PM Group’s 
O&S subsidiary sells its products using the “OIL & STEEL” trademark.  The Manitex,  Badger, Little Giant, PM and OIL & STEEL 
trademarks and trade names are important to the marketing and operation of the Company’s business as a significant number of our 
products are sold under those names.   ASV product is marketed under the Terex trade name to which it has a license, and also under 
the ASV trade name. Other important trademarks that are registered by ASV include “Posi-Track”, and VTS Versatile Track System. 
ASV has a number of patents for its current machines presently registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office until 
2023 and the original patent for now discontinued machines that expires in 2018.  PM Group’s O&S subsidiary has three patents. One 
is registered with the Italian Patents and Trademarks Office until 2028.  O&S has two additional patents registered with OHIM that are 
inforce until 2031 and 2034, respectively. 

Seasonality 

Traditionally, the Company’s peak selling periods for cranes are the second and third quarters of a calendar year as a result of the need 
for equipment in the spring, summer and fall construction seasons.  A significant portion of cranes sold over the last several years have 
been deployed in specialized industries or applications, such as oil and gas production, power distribution and in the railroad industry. 
Sales in these market segments are subject to significant fluctuations which correlate more with general economic conditions and the 
prices of commodities, including oil, and generally are not of a seasonal nature.  

Sales of cranes from the Equipment Distribution segment mirror the seasonality of the overall Company. However, the sale of parts is 
much  less  seasonal  given  the  geographic  breadth  of  the  customer  base. Crane  repairs are performed  by  the  Equipment Distribution 
segment throughout the year but are somewhat affected by the slowdown in construction activity during the typically harsh winters in 
the Midwestern United States. 

Peak sales of ASV products are traditionally in the first half of a calendar year as a result of the need to have new equipment available 
for  the  spring,  summer  and  fall  construction  seasons,  although  this  is  partially  offset  by  sales  to  export  markets  in  the  southern 
hemisphere.  

Competition 

Lifting Equipment Segment 

The  market  for  the  Company’s  boom  trucks  and  knuckle  boom  cranes,  industrial  cranes  and  trailers  is  highly  competitive.  The 
Company  competes  based  on  product  design,  quality  of  products  and  services,  product  performance,  maintenance  costs  and  price. 
Several competitors have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than we do. The Company believes 
that it effectively competes with its competitors. 

The  Company’s  boom  cranes  compete  with  cranes  manufactured  by  National  Crane,  Terex,  Weldco  Beales,  Elliott  and  Altec.  The 
Company’s knuckle boom cranes compete with Palfinger, Fassi, Effer and HIAB. The Company competes primarily with Terex and 
Broderson in selling rough terrain and industrial cranes.  The Company’s mobile tanks compete with tanks sold by Dragon Tank and 
Pinnacle Mfg., LLC. 

The Company’s compact and skid steer loaders compete with product manufactured and sold by Bobcat (part of Doosan), Caterpillar, 
CNH, Gehl, Takeuchi, John Deere and Wacker Neuson. 

8 

Equipment Distribution Segment 

Our Equipment Distribution segment has a dealership arrangement with Terex and must compete against dealers of other rough terrain 
and truck crane manufacturers such as Imperial Crane (Tadano and Elliot) and Walter Payton Power (Grove) who operate in the same 
geographic market in and around Chicago. The same dynamic holds true in selling Manitex boom trucks which are part of our Lifting 
Equipment segment. The Equipment Distribution segment competes against Runnion Equipment (dealer for National Crane), Power 
Equipment Leasing (dealer for Elliott) and Guiffre Cranes (dealer for Terex boom trucks). Runnion is also authorized to sell Manitex 
boom trucks. Our Equipment Distribution segment competes with other PM dealers for distribution in North America. 

While no geographic limitations exist regarding the Equipment Distribution segment’s ability to sell cranes internationally, the lack of 
any barriers to entry and the heavy use of the Internet make this a highly active and competitive market in which to distribute cranes. 

Competition for our Equipment Distribution segment’s repair business is even more intense since it is limited geographically due to 
the  necessity  of  having  physical  access  to  the  cranes.  Most  of  the  above  referenced  companies  also  compete  in  this  aspect  of  the 
business, as do other types of crane and equipment dealers from nearby areas such as Indiana or Wisconsin. 

Parts  sales  from  the  Equipment  Distribution  segment  are  global  in  scope  and  benefit  greatly  from  the  Internet  and  the  tenure  and 
expertise of our employees. While competition in this area is extensive, the breadth of the products offered and the segment’s long 
history in this part of the business is we believe a competitive advantage. 

The Equipment Distribution segment competes based on the design, quality and performance of the products it distributes, price and 
the  supporting  repair  and  part  services  that  it  provides.  Several  competitors  have  greater  financial,  marketing  and  distribution 
resources than we do. The Company, however, believes that it effectively competes with its competitors. 

Backlog 

The backlog at December 31, 2016 was approximately $38.1 million, compared to a backlog of approximately $65.4 million (restated 
to exclude discontinued operations) at December 31, 2015.  The December 31, 2016 backlog, however, has increased by $11.0 million 
since September 30, 2016 when it was at $27.1 million.  The backlog has continued to grow during the early part of 2017 and was 
$51.0 million at January 31, 2017.   The Company expects to ship product to fulfill its existing backlog within the next twelve months. 

Research and Development 

The Company spent $4.9 million, $5.0 million and $1.1 million on company-sponsored research and development activities for 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Geographic Information 

The information regarding revenue, the basis for attributing revenue from external customers to individual countries, and long-lived 
assets is found in Note 18 “Segment Information” to our consolidated financial statements, is hereby incorporated by reference into 
this Part I, Item 1. 

Employees 

As of  December 31, 2016,  the  Company  had 709 full  time  employees.  The  Company  has  not  experienced  any work  stoppages  and 
anticipates  continued  good  employee  relations.  Eighteen  (18) of  our  employees  are  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements. 
Eleven  (11) of  our  employees  at  our  Badger  subsidiary  are  represented  by  International  Union,  UAW  and  its  local  No. 316.  The 
current union contract expires on January 20, 2020. Four employees are currently represented by Automobile Mechanics’ Local 701. 
The  union  contract  expires  on  September 30,  2017.  The  employees  represented  by  the  Automobile  Mechanics’  Local  701  are 
mechanics  that  work  in our Equipment  Distribution  segment.  A number  of  our  Equipment  Distribution  segment’s  customers  in  the 
Chicago metropolitan area mandate union mechanics usage for any service / repair jobs. Three employees at ASV are represented by 
International Brotherhood of Boilermakers Local 647. The current union contract expires on May 1, 2017. 

Governmental Regulation 

The Company is subject to various governmental regulations, such as environmental regulations, employment and health regulations, 
and safety regulations. We have various internal controls and procedures designed to maintain compliance with these regulations. The 
cost of compliance programs is not material, but is subject to additions to or changes in federal, state or local legislation or changes in 
regulatory implementation or interpretation of government regulations. 

9 

Available Information 

The Company  makes available free of charge  our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on 
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished as required by Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934,  as  amended,  through  our  Internet  Website  (www.manitexinternational.com)  as  soon  as  is  reasonably  practicable  after  we 
electronically  file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Information  contained  in  or 
incorporated into our Internet Website is not incorporated by reference herein. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risks,  together  with  the  cautionary  statement  under  the  caption  “Forward-Looking 
Statements” and the other information included in this report. The risks described below are not the only ones the Company faces. 
Additional risks that are currently unknown to the Company or that the Company currently considers to be immaterial may also impair 
its business or adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, 
the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation could be adversely affected. 

Significant deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe, has had and may again have negative 
effects on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows  

Significant deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  especially  in the United  States  and  Europe, has had  and  may  again have  negative 
effects  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Economic  conditions  affect  the  Company’s  sales  volumes,  pricing 
levels  and  overall  profitability.  Demand  for  many  of  the  Company’s  products  depends  on  end-use  markets.  Challenging  economic 
conditions may reduce demand for our products and may also impair the ability of customers to pay for products they have purchased. 
As a result, the Company’s reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs for accounts receivable may increase.  

A significant deterioration in economic conditions has caused and may again cause deterioration in the credit quality of our customers 
and  the  estimated  residual  value  of  our  equipment.  This  could  further  negatively  impact  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  the 
resources they need to make purchases of our equipment. Reduced credit availability will diminish our customers’ ability to invest in 
their  businesses,  refinance  maturing  debt  obligations,  and  meet  ongoing  working  capital  needs.  If  customers  do  not  have  sufficient 
access to credit, demand for the Company’s products will likely decline. Reduced access to credit and the capital markets will also 
negatively affect the Company’s ability to invest in strategic growth initiatives such as acquisitions.  

Certain of the Company’s products are significantly affected by the level of capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry and 
lower capital expenditures have affected and may continue to affect the results of the Company’s operations.  

The  demand  for  our  product  in  part  depends  on  the  condition  of  the  oil  and  gas  industry  and,  in  particular,  on  the  level  of  capital 
expenditures of companies engaged in the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas. Capital expenditures by 
these companies are influenced by the following factors:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the oil and gas industry’s ability to economically justify placing discoveries of oil and gas reserves in production;  

current and projected oil and gas prices;  

the oil and gas industry’s need to clear all structures from the lease once the oil and gas reserves have been depleted;  

weather events, such as major tropical storms;  

the abilities of oil and gas companies to generate, access and deploy capital;  

exploration, production and transportation costs;  

the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;  

the sale and expiration dates of oil and gas leases and concessions;  

local and international political and economic conditions;  

the ability or willingness of host country government entities to fund their budgetary commitments; and  

technological advances.  

Historically,  prices  of  oil  and  natural  gas  and  exploration,  development  and  production  have  fluctuated  substantially.  A  sustained 
period of substantially reduced capital expenditures by oil and gas companies will result in decreased demand for certain equipment 
produced by the Company, lower margins, and possibly net losses.  Additionally, oil and gas companies may sell excess equipment 
into the general construction market which could further depress demand for certain of products. 

10 

 
 
The Company’s level of indebtedness reduces financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.  

As  of  December  31,  2016,  the  Company’s  total  debt  was  $140.3  million,  which  includes:  revolving  term  credit  facilities,  notes 
payable, convertible debt and capital lease obligations.  

Our level of debt affects our operations in several important ways, including the following:  

 

 

 

 

 

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations is likely to be dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest 
on our indebtedness;  

our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  the  future  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures  or  acquisitions  may  be 
limited;  

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;  

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments; and  

we may be unable to obtain additional loans as a result of covenants and agreements with existing debt holders.  

The Company must comply with restrictive covenants in its outstanding debt agreements.  

The Company’s existing debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants which may limit its ability to, among other things, 
borrow additional money, make capital expenditures, pay dividends, dispose of assets and acquire new businesses. These covenants 
also  require  the  Company  to  meet  certain  financial  tests.    The  Company  is  currently  in  compliance  with  all  active  covenants.    A 
default or other event of non-compliance, if not waived or otherwise permitted by the Company’s lenders, could result in acceleration 
of the Company’s debt and possibly bankruptcy.  

The Company may require additional funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.  

Our  future  capital  requirements  will  depend  on  the  amount  of  cash  generated  or  required  by  our  current  operations,  as  well  as 
additional funds which may be needed to finance future acquisitions. Future cash needs are subject to substantial uncertainty.  

We  cannot  guarantee  that  adequate  funds  will  be  available  when  needed,  and  if  we  do  not  receive  sufficient  capital,  we  may  be 
required to alter or reduce the scope of our operations or to forego making future acquisitions. If we raise additional funds by issuing 
equity securities, existing stockholders may be diluted.  

The Company’s business is affected by the cyclical nature of its markets.  

A substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any time, 
since the Company’s products depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the Company competes. The 
Company’s sales depend in part upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions, including a decrease 
in commodity prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery. Downward 
economic  cycles  may  result  in  reductions  in  sales  of  the  Company’s  products,  which  may  reduce  the  Company’s  profits.  The 
Company has taken a number of steps to reduce its fixed costs and diversify its operations to decrease the negative impact of these 
cycles. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps will prevent the negative impact of poor economic conditions 

The Company’s business is sensitive to increases in interest rates.  

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable 
rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate, LIBOR and Italian short-term borrowing rates.  

If interest rates rise, it becomes more costly for the Company’s customers to borrow money to pay for the equipment they buy from 
the Company. Should the U. S. Federal Reserve Board decide to increase rates, prospects for business investment and manufacturing 
could deteriorate sufficiently and impact sales opportunities.  

The Company’s business is sensitive to government spending.  

Many of the Company’s customers depend substantially on government spending, including highway construction and maintenance 
and other infrastructure projects by U.S. federal and state governments and governments in other nations. Any decrease or delay in 
government funding of highway construction and maintenance and other infrastructure projects could cause the Company’s revenues 
and profits to decrease.  

11 

The Company’s revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any time.  

The Company’s revenues are attributed to a limited number of customers. We generally do not have long-term supply agreements with 
our  customers.  Even  if  a  multi-year  contract  exists,  the  customer  is  not  required  to  commit  to  minimum  purchases  and  can  cease 
purchasing at any time. If we were to lose either a significant customer or several smaller customers our operating results and cash 
flows would be adversely impacted.  

The Company is dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages.  

The Company obtains materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers. Any delay in the ability of the Company’s 
suppliers to provide the Company with necessary materials and components may affect the Company’s capabilities at a number of our 
manufacturing locations, or may require the Company to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from 
a number of factors affecting the Company’s suppliers including capacity constraints, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition 
of  a  particular  supplier,  suppliers’  allocations  to  other  purchasers,  weather  emergencies  or  acts  of  war  or  terrorism.  Any  delay  in 
receiving  supplies  could  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  deliver  products  to  customers  and,  accordingly,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on business, results of operations and financial condition.  

In addition, the Company purchases material and services from suppliers on extended terms based on the Company’s overall credit 
rating.  Negative  changes  in  the  Company’s  credit  rating  may  impact  suppliers’  willingness  to  extend  terms  and  increase  the  cash 
requirements of the business.  

Price increases in materials could affect our profitability.  

We use large amounts of steel and other items in the manufacture of our products. In the past, market prices of some of our key raw 
materials increased significantly. If we experience future significant increases in material costs, including steel, we may not be able to 
reduce product cost in other areas or pass future raw material price increases on to our customers and our margins could be adversely 
affected.  

The  Company  depends  on  its  information  technology  systems.  If  its  information  technology  systems  do  not  perform  in  a 
satisfactory manner or if the security of them is breached, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect the operations and results 
of operations of the Company. 

The Company depends on its information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and 
store  electronic  information  (including  sensitive  data  such  as  confidential  business  information  and  personally  identifiable  data 
relating to employees, customers and other business partners), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes and 
activities. If our information technology systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect 
the operations and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to report accurate and timely financial 
results.   

Furthermore,  our  information  technology  systems  may  be  damaged,  disrupted  or  shut  down  due  to  attacks  by  computer  hackers, 
computer  viruses,  employee  error  or  malfeasance,  power  outages,  hardware  failures,  telecommunication  or  utility  failures, 
catastrophes or other unforeseen events, and in any such circumstances our system redundancy and other disaster recovery planning 
may  be  ineffective  or  inadequate.  A  failure  of  or  breach  in  information  technology  security  could  expose  us  and  our  customers, 
distributors and suppliers to risks of misuse of information or systems, the compromise of confidential information, manipulation and 
destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and operations disruptions. In addition, such breaches in security could 
result in litigation, regulatory action and potential liability, as well as the costs and operational consequences of implementing further 
data protection measures, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. 

The Company may face limitations on its ability to integrate acquired businesses.  

The successful integration of new businesses depends on the Company’s ability to manage these new businesses and cut excess costs. 
While the Company believes it has successfully integrated these acquisitions to date, the Company cannot ensure that these acquired 
companies will operate profitably or that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized.  

If the Company is unable to manage anticipated growth effectively, the business could be harmed.  

If  the  Company  fails  to  manage  growth,  the  Company’s  financial  results  and  business  prospects  may  be  harmed.  To  manage  the 
Company’s  growth  and  to  execute  its  business  plan  efficiently,  the  Company  will  need  to  institute  operational,  financial  and 
management controls, as well as reporting systems and procedures. The Company also must effectively expand, train and manage its 
employee base. The Company cannot assure you that it will be successful in any of these endeavors.  

12 

The Company relies on key management.  

The Company relies on the management and leadership skills of David Langevin, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. When Mr. 
Langevin  joined  the  Company,  he  signed  a  three  year  employment  agreement  with  the  Company  which  expired  on  December  31, 
2008.  Mr.  Langevin’s  employment  agreement  has  been  extended  and  now  expires  on  December  31,  2019.  Under  the  employment 
agreement, Mr. Langevin’s employment term automatically extends for successive periods of three year unless either the Company or 
Mr. Langevin gives written notice to the other party of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the end of the then current employment 
term.  The loss of his services could have a significant and negative impact on the Company’s business. In addition, the Company 
relies on the management and leadership skills of other senior executives. The Company could be harmed by the loss of key personnel 
in the future.  

The  Company’s  success  depends  upon  the  continued  protection  of  its  trademarks  and  the  Company  may  be  forced  to  incur 
substantial costs to maintain, defend, protect and enforce its intellectual property rights.  

The Company’s registered and common law trademarks, as well as certain of the Company’s licensed trademarks, have significant 
value  and  are  instrumental  to  the  Company’s  ability  to  market  its  products.  The  Company’s  marks  “Manitex”  “Badger”,  “Sabre”, 
“Valla”, “ASV” “PM” and “O&S” are important to the Company’s business as the majority of the Company’s products are sold under 
those  names.  The  Company  has  not  registered  all  of  its  trademarks  in  the  United  States  nor  in  the  foreign  countries  where  it  does 
business. The Company cannot assure you that third parties will not assert claims against any such intellectual property or that the 
Company will be able to successfully resolve all such claims. If the Company has to change the names of any of its products, it may 
experience a loss of goodwill associated with its brand names, customer confusion and a loss of sales.  

In addition, international protection of the Company’s intellectual property may not be available in some foreign countries to the same 
extent permitted by the laws of the United States. The Company could also incur substantial costs to defend legal actions relating to 
use  of  its  intellectual  property,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations  or 
financial condition.  

The  Company  may  be  required  to  record  goodwill  impairment  charges  on  all  or  a  significant  amount  of  the  goodwill  on  its 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately $70.2 million of goodwill. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at 
least annually. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for 
the excess. An impairment of a significant portion of goodwill could materially negatively affect the Company’s results of operations. 

The  Company  may  be  unable  to  effectively  respond  to  technological  change,  which could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s results of operations and business.  

The markets served by the Company are not historically characterized by rapidly changing technology. Nevertheless, the Company’s 
future  success  will  depend  in  part  upon  the  Company’s  ability  to  enhance  its  current  products  and  to  develop  and  introduce  new 
products.  If  the  Company  fails  to  anticipate  or  respond  adequately  to  competitors’  product  improvements  and  new  production 
introductions, future results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.  

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and the Company is particularly subject to the risks of such competition.  

The  Company  competes  in  a  highly  competitive  industry  and  the  competition  which  the  Company  encounters  has  an  effect  on  its 
product prices, market share, revenues and profitability. Because certain competitors have substantially greater financial, production, 
research  and  development  resources  and  substantially  greater  name  recognition  than  the  Company,  the  Company  is  particularly 
subject  to  the  risks  inherent  in  competing  with  them  and  may  be  put  at  a  competitive  disadvantage.  To  compete  successfully,  the 
Company’s products must excel in terms of quality, price, product line, ease of use, safety and comfort, and the Company must also 
provide  excellent  customer  service.  The  greater  financial  resources  of  the  Company’s  competitors  may  put  it  at  a  competitive 
disadvantage. If competition in the Company’s industry intensifies or if the Company’s current competitors enhance their products or 
lower their prices for competing products, the Company may lose sales or be required to lower its prices. This may reduce revenue 
from the Company’s products and services, lower its gross margins or cause the Company to lose market share. The Company may 
not be able to differentiate our products from those of competitors, successfully develop or introduce less costly products, offer better 
performance than competitors or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered 
by competitors.  

13 

 
The Company faces product liability claims and other liabilities due to the nature of its business.  

In the Company’s lines of business numerous suits have been filed alleging damages for accidents that have occurred during the use or 
operation of the Company’s products. The Company is self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well 
as  for  certain  exposures  related  to  general,  workers’  compensation  and  automobile  liability.  Insurance  coverage  is  obtained  for 
catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. Any material liabilities not covered by insurance 
could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.  

Our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 
internationally. 

The international expansion of our business may expose us to risks inherent in conducting foreign operations. These risks include: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

challenges  associated  with  managing  geographically  diverse  operations,  which  require  an  effective  organizational 
structure and appropriate business processes, procedures and controls; 

the increased cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions, including compliance with international and U.S. laws and 
regulations that apply to our international operations; 

currency exchange and interest rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk 
of entering into hedging transactions, if we chose to do so in the future; 

potentially adverse tax consequences; 

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property; 

compliance with additional regulations and government authorities in a highly regulated business; and 

general economic and political conditions internationally.   

The  risks  that  the  Company  faces  in  its  international  operations  may  continue  to  intensify  if    the  Company  further  develops  and 
expands its international operations. 

The Company is subject to currency fluctuations.  

Changes in exchange rates between various currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our earnings. We regularly 
evaluate opportunities for, and at times engage in, hedging activities to mitigate the impact that changes in exchange rates for various 
currencies may have on our financial results. Our hedging activities are designed to reduce and delay, but not to eliminate, the effects 
of  foreign  currency  fluctuations.  Factors  that  could  affect  the  effectiveness  of  our  hedging  activities  include  volatility  of  currency 
markets, and the availability of effective hedging instruments. Since the hedging activities are designed to reduce volatility, they may 
have  the  effect  of  reducing  both  the  negative  and  positive  impacts  that  changes  in  exchange  rates  may  have.    Our  future  financial 
results could be significantly affected by the value of the U.S. dollar versus the native currencies of our subsidiaries (primarily the  
Euro)  as well  as  the native  currencies of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  other  currencies  in which  they  conduct  business.     The degree  to 
which our financial results are affected for any given time period will depend in part upon our hedging activities. There can be no 
assurance  that  our  hedging  activities  will  have  the  desired  beneficial  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations. 
Moreover,  no  hedging  activity  can  completely  insulate  us  from  the  risks  associated  with  changes  in  currency  exchange  rates.  We 
currently  have  exposure  to  changes  in  exchange  rates  for  a  number  of  currencies  including  the  Euro,  the  Chilean  peso  and  the 
Argentinean peso. 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock  

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors hold a significant percentage of the Company’s common 
stock, and these shareholders may take actions that may be adverse to your interests.  

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 32 % of the 
Company’s  common  stock  as  of  February  1,  2017.  As  a  result,  these  shareholders,  acting  together,  will  be  able  to  significantly 
influence  all  matters  requiring  shareholder  approval,  including  the  election  and  removal  of  directors  and  approval  of  significant 
corporate transactions such as mergers, consolidations, sales and purchases of assets. They also could dictate the management of the 
Company’s business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change 
in control or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination, which could cause the market price of our 
common stock to fall or prevent you from receiving a premium in such a transaction.  

14 

The cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may negatively impact the Company’s income.  

The  Company  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  SEC,  including  those  rules  and  regulations  mandated  by  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley  Act  of  2002.  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires  all  reporting  companies  to  include  in  their  annual  report  a 
statement  of  management’s  responsibilities  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
together with an assessment of the effectiveness of those internal controls. Section 404 further requires that the reporting company’s 
independent auditors attest to, and report on, this management assessment. The Company expects its expenses related to its internal 
and  external  auditors  to  be significant.  If we  fail  to  maintain  a  system  of  adequate  controls,  it  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on our 
business and stock price.  

The price of our common stock is highly volatile.  

The trading price of the Company’s common stock is highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to 
various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the degree to which the Company successfully implements its business strategy;  

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly or annual operating results;  

changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of the Company’s revenues or operating 
results;  

failure to meet expectations of industry analysts;  

speculation in the press or investment community;  

strategic actions by the Company’s competitors;  

announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or competitors; and  

changes in business conditions affecting the Company and its customers.  

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been brought 
against companies. If a securities class action suit is filed against us, whether or not meritorious, we would incur substantial legal fees 
and our management’s attention and resources would be diverted from operating our business in order to respond to the litigation.  

Provisions  of  the  Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act  and  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Incorporation,  Amended  and  Restated 
Bylaws, and Rights Agreement may discourage or prevent a takeover of the Company.  

Provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, Michigan law, and the Rights Agreement, 
dated October 17, 2008, between the Company and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solution, Inc., as rights agent, could make it more 
difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to you. These provisions could 
discourage  potential  takeover  attempts  and  could  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  shares.  Because  of  these 
provisions, you might not be able to receive a premium on your investment. These provisions:  

 

 

 

 

authorize  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors,  with  approval  by  a  majority  of  its  independent  Directors  but  without 
requiring  shareholder  consent,  to  issue  shares  of  “blank  check”  preferred  stock  that  could  be  issued  by  the  Company’s 
Board of Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and prevent a takeover attempt;  

limit our shareholders’ ability to call a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders;  

limit the Company’s shareholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the Company bylaws;  

may result in the issuance of preferred stock, which would significantly dilute the stock ownership percentage of certain 
shareholders and make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting stock; 
and  

 

restrict business combinations with certain shareholders.  

The provisions described above could prevent, delay or defer a change in control of the Company or its management. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None 

15 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

The Company’s executive offices are located at 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. The Company has seven principal 
operating plants. The Company’s Lifting Equipment segment operates from the facilities described in this paragraph. The Company 
builds boom trucks, and sign cranes in its 188,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Georgetown, Texas. The Company manufactures its 
knuckle boom cranes, in two owned facilities, the 542,000 sq. ft. plant located in S. Cesario sul Panaro, Italy and the 213,000 sq. ft. 
facility  located  in  Arad,  Romania.    The  Romania  facility  also  produces  sub-assemblies  that  are  incorporated  into  PM  products 
manufactured in Italy.  The Company manufactures its precision pick and carry cranes in a 58,000 sq. ft. facility located in Piacenza, 
Italy. The Company builds specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling product in its 170,000 sq. ft. leased facility located 
in Winona, Minnesota.  The Company builds its specialized mobile tanks for liquid and solid storage and containment solutions in its 
100,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Knox, Indiana.  

The Company’s ASV segment builds its compact track loaders and skid steer loaders in its 220,000 sq. ft. owned facility located in 
Grand Rapids, Minnesota. In addition, it owns a 10,000 sq. ft. facility for selling and servicing equipment and a 47,000 sq. ft. leased 
facility  used  for  research  and  development,  testing  and  material  storage.    These  two  additional  locations  are  also  located  Grand 
Rapids, Minnesota.  

The Company operates its crane distribution business from a 39,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Bridgeview, Illinois. 

All  our  facilities  are  used  exclusively  by  our  Lifting  Equipment  and  ASV  segments  except  for  our  Bridgeview  facility.  The 
Bridgeview facility houses our corporate offices and our Equipment Distribution segment operations. 

The Company believes that its facilities are suitable for its business and will be adequate to meet our current needs. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability  and  workers’  compensation  matters  which  have 
arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self-insurance retention that ranges from 
$50 thousand to $0.5 million. ASV product liability cases that existed on date of acquisition have a $4 million self-retention limit. The 
Company has a $250 thousand per claim deductible on worker compensation claims and aggregates of $1.2 million, $1.3 million, $1.9 
million,  $1.6  million  and  $1.6  million  for  2013,  2014,  2015,  2016  and  2017  policy  years,  respectively.    Certain  cases  are  at  a 
preliminary stage and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not 
believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company. Reserves have been established 
for several liability cases related to ASV and PM acquisitions. When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a 
reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or 
the  minimum  amount of a range of estimates when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is  most likely to 
occur. 

ITEM 4.  MINING SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable 

16 

 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for the Company’s Common Stock 

The Company’s common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market trading under the symbol MNTX. The following table sets 
forth the high and low sales prices of the common stock for the fiscal periods indicated, as reported on The NASDAQ Capital Market. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

2016 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2015 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 

Low 

6.30    $ 
7.23    $ 
7.68    $ 
7.62    $ 

4.25  
5.18  
4.98  
4.98  

High 

Low 

12.98    $ 
10.25    $ 
8.10    $ 
7.64    $ 

8.37  
7.46  
5.28  
5.12  

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

Number of Common Stockholders 

As of February 17, 2017, there were 206 record holders of the Company’s common stock. 

Dividends 

During  the  fiscal  years  ended  December 31,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  did  not  declare  or  pay  any  cash  dividends  on  its 
common stock and the Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the terms of our 
credit facility do not allow us to declare or pay dividends without the prior written consent of the lender. 

Performance Graph 

The following stock performance graph is intended to show our stock performance compared with that of comparable companies. The 
stock performance graph shows the change in market value of ten thousand dollars invested in our Common Stock, the Russell 2000 
Index and a peer group of comparable companies (“Peer Group”) for the five year period commencing December 31, 2011 through 
December 31,  2016.  The  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  of  the  peer  group  and  Russell  2000  Index  assumes  dividends  are 
reinvested.  The  stockholder  return  shown  on  the  graph  below  is  not  indicative  of  future  performance.  The  companies  in  the  Peer 
Group are weighted by market capitalization. 

The  Peer  Group  consists  of  the  following  companies,  which  are  in  similar  lines  of  business  to  Manitex  International  Inc.  Lindsay 
Corporation (LNN), Gencor Industries Inc. (GENC), Astec Industries, Inc. (ASTE), Columbus McKinnon Corporation (CMCO) and 
Alamo Group, Inc. (ALG). The companies in the Peer Group generally have market capitalizations that are significantly greater than 
the Company’s market capitalization. It was necessary to select companies with higher market capitalizations to find companies with 
similar  lines  of  business.  Our  competitors  are  most  often  either  small  privately  owned  companies  with  a  narrow  product  line  or  a 
segment of a very large company. In selecting our Peer Group, we intentionally excluded the companies that had the largest market 
capitalization even when their product lines were similar to ours. 

17 

  
 
    
 
  
   
      
  
 
    
 
  
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
Based upon an initial investment of $10,000 on December 31, 2011 
with dividends reinvested 

$40,000

$35,000

$30,000

$25,000

$20,000

$15,000

$10,000

$5,000

$0

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Manitex (MNTX)

Construction Equipment (5 stocks)

Russell 2000 Index

   December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,        December 31,     December 31,  

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

Manitex International, Inc. 
Russell 2000 Index 
Construction Equipment (5 stocks) 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

10,000    $
10,000    $
10,000    $

16,840    $
11,463    $
12,827    $

37,453    $
15,705    $
17,162    $

29,976     $ 
16,259     $ 
16,564     $ 

14,033    $
15,331    $
15,211    $

16,176 
18,317 
22,901   

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 
2016: 

Period 
October 1 through October 31, 2016 
November 1 through November 30, 2016 
December 1 through December 31, 2016 
Total 

Total 
number 
of shares 
purchased 
(1)

Average 
price 
paid per 
share

—   
—   
3,530  $
3,530  $

—   
—   
6.86   
6.86   

Total number 
of shares 
purchased as 
part of publicly 
announced 
plans or programs     
—      
—      
—      
—      

Maximum number
or approximate 
dollar value of 
shares that may 
yet be purchased
under the 
plans or programs
—
—
—
—  

(1)  The Company purchased and cancelled 3,530 shares of its common stock on December 31, 2016. The shares were purchased 
from employees on December 31, 2016 at the market closing price of $6.86 on that date. The employees used the proceeds from 
the sale of shares to satisfy their withholding tax obligations that arose when restricted shares vested on that date. 

18 

 
 
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  selected  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes  thereto  and 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report. 

The Company’s results include the results for companies acquired from their respective effective dates of acquisition: August 19, 2013 
for Sabre, November 30, 2013 for Valla, December 16, 2014 for Lift Ventures, December 20, 2014 for ASV, January 15, 2015 for the 
PM Group and March 12, 2015 for Columbia Tanks. 

The financial data for the years 2012 to 2016 present Manitex Load King, Inc., Liftking and CVS as discontinued operations.   

(In thousands except share information) 

Summary of Operations: 

Net revenues 
Operating (loss) income 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations 
   attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations 
   attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Basic 
Diluted 

Shares used to calculate earnings per share: 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

  $

288,959    $
(1,715)   
(21,775)   

319,681    $
5,208     
(5,261)   

177,002     $ 
12,937       
7,043       

164,678    $
18,142     
11,489     

128,174 
13,148 
8,322 

  $

(21,201)  $

(5,309)  $

7,179     $ 

11,489    $

8,322 

  $
  $

(1.31)  $
(1.31)  $

(0.33)  $
(0.33)  $

0.52     $ 
0.52     $ 

0.91    $
0.90    $

0.70 
0.70 

Basic 
Diluted 

    16,133,284      15,970,074      13,858,189       12,671,205      11,948,356 
    16,133,284      15,970,074      13,904,289       12,717,575      11,957,458 

Total assets 
Total debt 
Total shareholders equity attributed to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 

  $
  $

  $

317,985    $
140,258    $

401,423    $
157,772    $

314,267     $ 
89,998     $ 

180,497    $
36,743    $

151,504 
33,337 

74,398    $

107,012    $

120,391     $ 

76,632    $

47,245  

19 

  
  
 
   
   
    
   
 
   
     
     
       
     
 
   
   
   
     
     
       
     
 
   
     
     
       
     
 
  
   
     
     
       
     
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS 

The  following  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  continuing  operations  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and notes, and other information included elsewhere in this Report. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking 
statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  other  than  statements  that  are  purely  historical,  are  forward-looking  statements  and  are  based  upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We 
use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  include,  without  limitation:  (1) projections  of  revenue,  earnings,  capital  structure  and  other  financial  items, 
(2) statements  of  our  plans  and  objectives,  (3) statements  regarding  the  capabilities  and  capacities  of  our  business  operations, 
(4) statements  of  expected future  economic  conditions  and  the  effect on  us  and  on our  customers,  (5) expected  benefits  of our  cost 
reduction measures, and (6) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.  

Our  actual  results  may  differ  from  information  contained  in  these  forward  looking-statements  for  many  reasons,  including  those 
described  below  and  in  the  section  entitled  “Item  1A.  Risk  Factors”:  (1)  a  future  substantial  deterioration  in  economic  conditions, 
especially in the United States and Europe; (2) the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; (3)our ability to negotiate extensions 
of our credit agreements and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed; (4) government spending; fluctuations in the 
construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry; (5) Our increasingly international operations expose us to 
additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business  internationally;(6)  difficulties  in  implementing  new  systems, 
integrating acquired businesses, managing anticipated growth, and responding to technological change; (7) our level of indebtedness 
and  our  ability  to  meet  financial  covenants  required  by  our  debt  agreements;  (8)  our  customers’  diminished  liquidity  and  credit 
availability; (9) increases in interest rates; (10) the performance of our competitors; (11) shortages in supplies and raw materials or the 
increase in costs of materials; (12) product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities; (13) the volatility of our 
stock  price;  (14)  future  sales  of  our  common  stock;  (15)  the  willingness  of  our  stockholders  and  directors  to  approve  mergers, 
acquisitions,  and  other  business  transactions;  (16)  currency  transaction  (foreign  exchange)  risks  and  the  risk  related  to  forward 
currency contracts; (17) certain provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as 
amended, Amended and Restated Bylaws, and the Company’s Preferred Stock Purchase Rights may discourage or prevent a change in 
control of the Company; (18) a substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease 
or cease purchasing any time; (19) a disruption or breach in our information technology systems; (20) our reliance on the management 
and leadership skills of our senior executives; (21) the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (22) 
impairment  in  the  carrying  of  goodwill  could  negatively  affect  our  operating  results  and  (22)  other  risks  described  in  the  section 
entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  also  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition  or  operating  results.  We  do  not  undertake,  and  expressly  disclaim,  any  obligation  to  update  this  forward-looking 
information, except as required under applicable law. 

OVERVIEW 

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  lifting  solutions.  The  Company  operates  in  three  business  segments:  the  Lifting 
Equipment segment, the ASV segment and the Equipment Distribution segment. 

Lifting Equipment Segment  

Through its Lifting Equipment Segment, the Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve 
multiple  functions  and  are  used  in  a  variety  of  industries.  Through  its  Manitex,  Inc.  subsidiary  it  markets  a  comprehensive  line  of 
boom  trucks,  truck  cranes  and  sign  cranes.    Manitex’s  boom  trucks  and  crane  products  are  primarily  used  for  industrial  projects, 
energy exploration and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction.  

PM Group S.p.A. (“PM”) is a leading Italian manufacturer of truck mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of 
technology  and  innovation,  and  a  product  range  spanning  more  than  50  models.  Its  largest  subsidiary,  Oil &  Steel  (“O&S”),  is  a 
manufacturer of truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international client base.  

20 

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality, and railroad industries.  

Manitex  Sabre,  Inc.  (“Sabre”)  manufactures  a  comprehensive  line  of  specialized  mobile  tanks  for  liquid  and  solid  storage  and 
containment solutions with capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized independent tank rental 
companies and other direct customers. The tanks are used in a variety of end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and 
oil and gas drilling. 

Valla SpA (“Valla”) division offers a full range of precision pick and carry cranes. 

In  December  2015,  September  2016  and  December  2016,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  its  Load  King,  Liftking  and  CVS 
subsidiaries, respectively. For financial statement presentation Load King, Liftking and CVS are presented as discontinued operations. 
See Note 25. 

ASV Segment  

A.S.V.,  LLC  (“ASV”)  manufactures  a  line  of  high  quality  compact  rubber  tracked  and  skid  steer  loaders.  The  ASV  products  are 
distributed  through  both  its  own  distribution  network  and  through  Terex  Corporation’s  (“Terex”)  distribution  channels  as  well  as 
through  the  Company.  ASV’s  independent  dealer  network  now  has over  150  locations.    The products  are  used  in the  site  clearing, 
general construction, forestry, golf course maintenance and landscaping industries, with general construction being the largest market.  

Equipment Distribution Segment  

The Equipment Distribution segment located in Bridgeview, Illinois, comprises the operations of Crane & Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) 
and  Crane  &  Machinery  Leasing,  Inc.  (“C&M  Leasing”).    The  segment  markets  products  used  primarily  for  infrastructure 
development and commercial construction applications that include road and bridge construction, general contracting, roofing, scrap 
handling and sign construction and maintenance. C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes products and supplies 
repair  parts  for  a  wide  variety  of  medium  to  heavy  duty  construction  equipment  and  sells  domestically  and  internationally, 
predominately to end users, including the rental market. The segment also sells Manitex and Valla product, provides crane equipment 
repair services in the Chicago area and through C&M Leasing rents lifting equipment primarily in the Chicago area.       

Economic Conditions 

In 2014, the Company saw a decline in orders for cranes with higher lifting capacities that serve niche markets, including the North 
American energy sector slowdown from prior years, largely as a result of the fall in oil prices. However, demand for lower capacity 
cranes increased, offsetting the decrease in revenues generated from the sale of cranes with higher lifting capacities. The increase in 
revenues generated from the  sale of cranes with lower lifting capacity is reflective of the continued growth of general construction 
activity in North America. The change in mix did, however, result in lower gross profit percent for 2014. 

In 2015, the Company continued to aggressively pursue other markets for its boom trucks including the tree industry, utility industry, 
and  the  general  construction  markets.    This  focus  offset  and  mitigated  the  impact  of  the  energy  market  decline.  While  oil  prices 
continued to decline and the U.S. oil rig count dropped from 1,600 in January 2015 to just over 500 at end of the year we noted that 
the  energy  companies  began  selling  excess  equipment  into  our  other  markets.  This  combined  impact  lower  energy  market  sales 
combined with the selling off of excess equipment – resulted in a significant decrease in boom truck revenues during the year. 

 In 2016, we noted that this selloff of excess equipment continued through much of the year. This selloff dampened demand for new 
equipment in both the energy market and the other markets we serve with our boom trucks.  We did note that oil prices did begin to 
increase and by the beginning of June were approaching $50 per barrel.  Additionally, the oil rig count began to increase again and by 
year  end  totaled  525  oil  rigs.  Late  in  the  year,  orders  received  began  to  increase  and  included  orders  for  a  number  of  cranes  in  a 
multitude of markets that the Company serves.   We are hopeful that this trend will gain momentum in 2017 as we continue to focus 
our efforts into the tree, utility, general construction, energy and other industries. 

The market for PM knuckle boom cranes, and ASV compact track loaders and skid steer loaders, have not been significantly affected 
by  decrease  in  oil  prices.    The  markets  for  these  products  have  been  more  stable.    The  North  American  market  for  knuckle  boom 
cranes is growing. PM currently has a small share of the market for knuckle boom cranes in North America. The Company has started 
to manufacture knuckle boom cranes on a limited basis in the United States and is marketing them through the Company’s current 
distribution channels. The Company currently has a strong presence in North America for its boom trucks. The Company believes that 
it  can  significantly  increase  the  Company’s  share  for  knuckle  boom  cranes  in  North  American.  The  Company  believes  this  is  an 
immediate opportunity that will continue to grow over time. 

21 

Factors Affecting Revenues and Gross Profit 

The  Company  derives  most  of  its  revenue  from  purchase  orders  from  dealers  and  distributors.  The  demand  for  the  Company’s 
products  depends  upon  the  general  economic  conditions  of  the  markets  in  which  the  Company  competes.  The  Company’s  sales 
depend  in part  upon  its  customers’  replacement  or  repair  cycles.  Adverse  economic conditions,  including  a decrease  in  commodity 
prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery.  

Gross  profit  varies  from  period  to  period.  Factors  that  affect  gross  profit  include  product  mix,  production  levels  and  cost  of  raw 
materials. Margins tend to increase when production is skewed towards larger capacity cranes.  

The following table sets forth certain financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014: 

Results of Consolidated Operations 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

(In thousands, except share data) 

Net revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

For the Year 
Ended 

For the Year 
Ended 

For the Year 
Ended 
  December 31,     December 31,       December 31,  
2015 
319,681     $ 
260,775       
58,906       

2016 
288,959    $
240,375     
48,584     

2014 
177,002 
140,739 
36,263 

  $

Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Total operating expenses 

Operating (loss) income 

Other income (expense) 
Interest expense 
Interest expense related to write off of debt issuance costs    
Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain 
Other income (loss) 

Total other expense 

(Loss) income before income taxes and loss in 
   non-marketable equity interest from continuing operations     
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations 
Loss in non-marketable equity interest, net of taxes 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations 

4,877     
45,422     
50,299     
(1,715)   

(11,000)   
(3,635)   
(1,115)   
897     
(14,853)   

(16,568)   
(545)   
(5,752)   
(21,775)   

4,983       
48,715       
53,698       
5,208       

(11,842 )     
—       
(293 )     
(43 )     
(12,178 )     

(6,970 )     
(1,908 )     
(199 )     
(5,261 )     

1,084 
22,242 
23,326 
12,937 

(1,854)
— 
(423)
(101)
(2,378)

10,559 
3,516 
— 
7,043 

Discontinued operations: 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of 
   income tax expenses of $37, $440 and  $147 in 
   2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively 

Net (loss)  income 

Net (income) loss  attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders 
   of Manitex International, Inc. 

  $

(13,959)   
(35,734)  $
574     

(63 )     
(5,324 )   $ 
(48 )     

(76)
6,967 
136 

  $

(35,160)  $

(5,372 )   $ 

7,103  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 from Continuing Operations Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 from Continuing 
Operations 

The above results include the results for companies acquired from their respective effective dates of acquisition: December 16, 2014 
for  Lift  Ventures,  December 20,  2014  for ASV,  January15,  2015  for  PM  Group  and  March  12,  2015  for  Columbia  Tanks.  Results 
have been restated to remove discontinued operations. 

22 

  
  
 
   
    
 
  
  
 
   
    
 
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations  

For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  net  loss  was  $21.8  million,  which  consists  of  revenue  of  $289.0 million,  cost  of  sales  of 
$240.4  million,  research  and  development  costs  of  $4.9  million,  SG&A  costs  of  $45.4  million,  interest  expense  of  $14.6  million, 
foreign currency transaction loss of $1.1 million, other income of $0.9 million, loss in non-marketable equity interest of $5.8 million 
and income tax benefit of $0.5 million. 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net loss was $5.3 million, which consists of revenue of $319.7 million, cost of sales of $260.8 
million,  research  and  development  costs  of  $5.0  million,  SG&A  costs  of  $48.7  million,  interest  expense  of  $11.8  million,  foreign 
currency transaction loss of $0.3 million, loss in non-marketable equity interest of $0.2 million and income tax benefit of $1.9 million. 

Net revenue and gross profit —For the year ended December 31, 2016, net revenue and gross profit were $289.0 million and $48.6 
million,  respectively.  Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  sales  was  16.8%  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016.    For  the  year  ended 
December 31,  2015,  net  revenue  and  gross  profit  were  $319.7 million  and  $58.9  million,  respectively.  Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of 
sales was 18.4% for the year ended December 31, 2015.   

For 2016 revenues decreased $30.7 million or 9.6% from $319.7 million for 2015 to $289.0 million for 2016. Revenues for the Lifting 
Equipment and ASV segments decreased by $21.0 million and $13.1 million or by 10.9% and 11.2%, respectively.  Revenues for the 
Equipment Distribution segment increased by $3.2 million or 24.2%.  The 2016 results for the Lifting Equipment segment include a 
completed  first  quarter of revenues  for PM  Group,  compared  to  seventy  five days  from  the  date  of acquisition  in the  three  months 
ended March 31, 2015.  PM revenues for the first 15 days of 2015 were approximately $3.3 million.  Taking this effect into account 
the Lifting Equipment segment revenues would have decreased by $34.0 million or 10.6%. 

All the product lines within the Lifting Equipment segment experienced year over year revenues declines.  The decline in revenues is 
attributed to the effect that lower oil prices are having on our markets.   

ASV revenues decline is attributable to a $9.8 million reduction in sales of undercarriages and parts to Caterpillar and a decrease in 
machine sales.  The decrease in sales to Caterpillar is due to a slowdown in the Caterpillar production volumes of multi-terrain track 
loaders  that  use  our  undercarriage.    A decrease  in  private  labeled  products  is  the  principal  reason  for  the  decline  in  machine sales.  
ASV continues to expand its own dealer network and is becoming less dependent on private labeled products.  Approximately 70% of 
the machine sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 were through ASV managed distribution.   

Equipment  Distribution  segment  revenue  increase  is  primarily  the  result  of  the  sale  of  equipment  at  less  than  our  normal  margins 
which was consistent with our priority of reducing debt in 2016. 

Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  net  revenues  decreased  1.6%  to  16.8%  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  from  18.4%  for  the 
comparable 2015 period. The decrease in gross profit is attributed to lower volumes, change in product mix including a shift towards 
lower capacity boom truck and aggressive sales pricing especially towards at the end of the year in effort to move existing finished 
goods inventory.  The sale of finished goods inventory at less than our normal margins was consistent with our priority of reducing 
debt in 2016.  Partially offsetting other factors is the beneficial impact that an increase in part sales as percent of total revenues had.  
Part sales, which have significantly higher gross margins, increased from increased from 16% to 19% of total revenues from 2015 to 
2016. 

Research and development —Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $4.9 million compared to $5.0 
million for the comparable period in 2015. Research and development expenditures were relatively consistent with the prior period. 
The  Company’s  research  and  development  spending  continues  to  reflect  our  continued  commitment  to  develop  and  introduce  new 
products that give the Company a competitive advantage. 

Selling, general and administrative expense —Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 
was  $45.4  million  compared  to  $48.7  million  for  the  comparable  period  in  2015,  a  decrease  of  $3.3  million.  The  decrease  was 
impacted  by  a  $0.5  million  favorable  change  in  an  estimate  regarding  a  product  liability  claim  as  it  was  determined  that  the  claim 
could be settled for less than what was reserved.  The remaining decrease is principally attributed to cost reductions made in response 
to decreased revenues and to lower variable selling expenses. 

Operating (loss) income —The Company had operating loss of $1.7 million compared with an income of $5.2 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The adverse change in operating income is the result of decrease in gross profit of 
$10.3 million, the result of a decrease in revenues and lower gross profit margin.  The decrease in gross margin was partially offset by 
a $3.4 million decrease in operating expenses.   

23 

Interest  expense  —Interest  expense  was  $14.6  million  and  $11.8  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  Included  in  interest  expense  is  $3.6  million  for  deferred  financing  costs  which  were  expensed  as  associated  debt  was 
refinanced  in  the  second  and  fourth  quarters  of  2016.  Excluding  the  deferred  financing  costs,  interest  expense  decreased  by  $0.8 
million primarily attributed to decreases in debt. 

Foreign  currency  transaction  loss  —  Foreign  currency  loss  was  $1.1  million  and  $0.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. As stated in the past, the Company attempts to purchase forward currency exchange contracts such that 
the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency will be 
offset by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds.  Currency risks can be reduced but not 
eliminated in part because the Company has not been able to identify a strategy to effectively hedge the currency risks related to the 
Argentinian peso.   The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at their market value with 
any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings as a currency gain or loss.  

A  substantial  portion  of  the  2016  loss  is  attributable  to  exchange  losses  related  to  the  Argentinian  peso.    As  previously  stated,  the 
Company  has  not  been  able  to  identify  a  strategy  to  effectively  hedge  currency  risks  related  to  the  Argentinian  peso.    The  2016 
currency loss also reflects the recognition of deferred loss of $0.2 million related to an intercompany receivable.  The loss had been 
previously deferred in other comprehensive income as there was an intercompany receivable that was not expected to be repaid.  The 
repayment of the receivable resulted in the recognition of the previously deferred loss.   

Other  income  (loss)  —  In  2016,  the  Company  had  other  income  of  $0.9  million.    The  other  income  is  the  result  of  revaluing  a 
contingent acquisition liability related to an option to acquire certain PM bank debt. The contingent liability is related to a potential 
future payment, which is based on PM’s 2017 earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA).  During 2016, 
the fair of this liability was recalculated based on updated 2017 EBITDA projections.  This revaluation result in gain of approximately 
$0.9 million.   

Loss in non-marketable equity interest — The Company had losses related its non-marketable equity investment of $5.8 million 
and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The increase in the loss is result of recognizing an 
impairment charge of $5.6 million to write off its entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC during 2016. See Note 26 to the financial 
statements for additional information related this impairment. 

 Income  tax  —  Income  tax  expense  (benefit)  for  continuing  operations  was  $(0.5)  million  and  $(1.9)  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The income tax benefit is attributed to a pre-tax loss of $22.3 million and $7.2 million 
from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company’s effective 
rate decreased to 2.44% for 2016 from 26.84% for 2015. The decrease in the effective tax rate is due primarily to the establishment of 
a full valuation allowance against the portion of the Company’s net U.S. deferred tax assets that could not be realized by carrying back 
the 2016 tax loss for a refund of taxes paid in prior years.  

Loss in non-marketable equity interest — The Company had losses related its non-marketable equity investment of $5.8 million 
and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The increase in the loss is result of recognizing an 
impairment charge of $5.6 million to write off its entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC during 2016. See Note 26 to the financial 
statements for additional information related this impairment. 

Net  loss  from  continuing  operations  —Net  loss  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016  and  2015  was  $21.8  million  and  $5.3 
million, respectively. The change is explained above. 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 from Continuing Operations Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 from Continuing 
Operations 

The above results include the results for companies acquired from their respective effective dates of acquisition: December 16, 2014 
for Lift Ventures, December 20, 2014 for ASV, January 15, 2015 for PM Group and March 12, 2015 for Columbia Tanks. Results 
have been restated to remove discontinued operations. 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations  

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net loss was $5.3 million, which consists of revenue of $319.7 million, cost of sales of $260.8 
million,  research  and  development  costs  of  $5.0  million,  SG&A  costs  of  $48.7  million,  interest  expense  of  $11.8  million,  foreign 
currency transaction loss of $0.3 million, loss in non-marketable equity interest of $0.2 million and income tax benefit of $1.9 million. 

24 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net income was $7.0 million, which consists of revenue of $177.0 million, cost of sales of 
$140.7  million,  research  and  development  costs  of  $1.1  million,  SG&A  costs  of  $22.2  million,  interest  expense  of  $1.9  million, 
foreign currency transaction loss of $0.4 million, other loss $0.1 million and income tax expense of $3.5 million. 

Net revenue and gross profit —For the year ended December 31, 2015, net revenue and gross profit were $319.7 million and $58.9 
million,  respectively.  Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  sales  was  18.4%  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015.    For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014 net revenue and gross profit were $177.0 million and $36.3 million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of sales 
was 20.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014.   

For 2015 revenues increased $142.7 million or 80.6% from $177.0 million for 2014 to $319.7 million for 2015. Without the ASV and 
PM transactions, revenues would have decreased, as these two acquisitions resulted in an increase in revenues of approximately $200 
million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The decrease is primarily attributed a decline in crane products sales. This decline is 
attributed to a decrease in demand from the energy sector the result of significant decline in oil prices. The demand for new cranes 
from the general construction market has also declined significantly as used cranes from the energy sector are being redeployed due to 
surpluses into the general construction market. Finally, revenues from the sale of used construction equipment were also lower in part 
due to the weak Canadian dollar which made it harder to sell product into Canada.  

Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  net  revenues  decreased  2.1%  to  18.4%  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  from  20.5%  for  the 
comparable  2014  period.  The  decrease  in  margin  percent  is  principally  attributed  to  decreased  volume,  changes  in  product  mix, 
including the unfavorable impact of decreased sales of higher capacity crane products which generally have higher margins partially 
offset by the increase in parts sales as a percent of total revenues. Part sales, which have significantly higher margins, increased from 
12% to 16% of total revenues from 2014 to 2015. 

Research and development —Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $5.0 million compared to $1.1 
million  for  the  comparable  period  in  2014.  Excluding  $4.1  million  additional  expenses  for  ASV  and  PM  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015, expenditure on R&D decreased $0.2 million as engineering resources in the Lifting Segment were reduced as a 
response to reduced volumes. The Company’s research and development spending continues to reflect our continued commitment to 
develop and introduce new products that gives the Company a competitive advantage. 

Selling, general and administrative expense —Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 
was $48.7 million compared to $22.2 million for the comparable period in 2014, an increase of $26.5 million.   This increase is the net 
of an increase of $28.0 million in expense related to the ASV and PM acquisitions offset by a decrease of $1.5 million in expense from 
existing  operations.  A  major  component  of  the  decrease  in  expense  is  related  to  participation  in  the  ConExpo  show,  which  is  held 
every  three  years.    2014  included  non-recurring  expenses  of  $0.7  million  related  to  participation  at  the  2014  ConExpo  show.    The 
remaining  decrease  is  attributed  to  cost  reductions,  lower  selling  expenses,  and  other  changes  including  the  timing  of  transaction 
related expenses. 

Operating income —The Company had operating income of $5.2 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 
and 2014, respectively. The decrease in operating income is due to a decrease in gross profit percent and increases in research and 
development costs and selling, general and administrative expense.  

Interest  expense  —Interest  expense  was  $11.8  million  and  $1.9  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively.  The  increase  in  interest  expense  is  principally  attributed  to  additional  interest  expense  at  our  two  newly  acquired 
companies plus interest on the additional debt incurred to purchase the two new companies. 

Foreign  currency  transaction  loss  —The  Company  attempts  to  purchase  forward  currency  exchange  contracts  such  that  the 
exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency will be offset 
by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds. The Company records at the balance sheet 
date the forward currency exchange contracts at their market value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings 
as a currency gain or loss. 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had a foreign currency loss of $0.3 million compared to a loss of $0.4 million 
for 2014.  As stated above, the Company attempts to purchase forward exchange contracts such that the exchange gains and losses on 
the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency will be offset.  There are still certain risks 
at PM for which an effective hedging strategy may not be available which may result in future gains or losses that are not offset. 

Income  tax  —  Income  tax  expense  (benefit)  for  continuing  operations  was  $(1.9)  million  and  $3.5  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  income  tax  benefit  is  attributed  to  a  pre-tax  loss  of  $7.2  million  from  continuing 
operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s effective rate decreased to 26.8% for 2015 from 33.3% for 2014. 
The decrease in the effective tax rate is due primarily to income tax expense and rate differences in foreign jurisdictions, income tax 

25 

expense related settlements of U.S. and foreign income tax examinations, adjustments to tax credits in connection with the finalization 
of income tax filings, and a partial reduction in the domestic production activity deduction in connection with the carryback of the 
2015 U.S. federal net operating loss for a refund of income taxes previously paid. 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations —Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015 was ($5.3) million. This compares 
with a net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $7.0 million. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION 

Lifting Equipment Segment 

Net revenues 
Operating income 
Operating margin 

 $

2016 
172,405    $
2,301     
1.3%  

2014 

2015 
193,436      $  158,319  
20,641  
13.0%

8,557        
4.4 %     

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Net revenues —Net revenues decreased $21.0 million to $172.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $193.4 million 
for the comparable period in 2015. 

For 2016 revenues decreased $21.0 million or 10.9% from $193.4 million for 2015 to $172.4 million for 2016.  All the product lines 
within this segment experienced year over year revenues declines.  The decline in revenues is attributed to decreased demand from 
end markets related in large part to lower oil prices.  The 2016 results for this segment includes a complete first quarter of revenues for 
PM  Group,  compared  to  seventy  five  days  from  the  date  of  acquisition  in  2015.    PM  revenues  for  the  first  15  days  of  2015  were 
approximately $3.3 million.   

Operating  income  and  operating  margins  —Operating  income  of  $2.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  was 
equivalent of 1.3% of net revenues compared to an operating income of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 or 4.4% of 
net  revenues.    The  decrease  in  operating  income  is  due  to  a  decrease  in  gross  profit  as  both  revenues  and  the  gross  profit  margin 
percent  were  lower  in  2016.    The  decrease  in  gross  profit  is  attributed  to  lower  volumes,  change  in  product  mix  including  a  shift 
towards lower capacity boom truck and aggressive sales pricing especially towards at the end of the year in effort to move existing 
finished goods inventory.  The sale of finished goods inventory at less than our normal margins was consistent with our priority of 
reducing debt in 2016. 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Net revenues —Net revenues increased $35.1 million to $193.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $158.3 million 
for the comparable period in 2014. 

For  2015  revenues  increased  $35.1  million  or  22.1%  from  $158.3  million  for  2014  to  $193.4  million  for  2015.  Without  the  PM 
transactions, revenues would have decreased, as the PM acquisitions resulting in an increase in revenues of approximately $90 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The decrease is primarily attributed a decline in crane products sales. This decline is attributed 
to a decrease in demand from the energy sector the result of significant decline in oil prices. The demand for new cranes from  the 
general  construction  market  has  also  declined  significantly  as  used  cranes  from  the  energy  sector  are  being  redeployed  due  to 
surpluses into the general construction market. 

Operating  income  and  operating  margins  —Operating  income  of  $8.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  was 
equivalent of 4.4% of net revenues compared to an operating income of $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 or 13.0% 
of net revenues. 

The decrease in operating income is the result of increase in operating expenses which more than offset an increase in the gross profit.  
Operating  income  and  operating  income  as  a  percent  of  revenues  decreased  as  the  increase  in  operating  expenses  as  percent  of 
revenues  was  significantly  higher  than  the  improvement  in  the  gross  margin  percent.    Operating  expense  increased  as  a  percent  of 
revenues for two primary reasons.  Operating expenses as percent of revenues are higher for PM (which now comprises a significant 
portion of our business) than they are in our other operating units. Secondly, operating expenses as percent of revenues increased at 
our other crane manufacturing businesses due a decrease in revenues.  PM operating expense and gross margin percent are higher due 
to their distribution platform.  

26 

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
The gross profit percent improvement is primarily due to the fact that PM has a higher gross profit margin than our other business 
units.  The PM gross profit margin improvement more than offset the decline in the gross margin percent for other crane products.  
The decrease in operating income as stated above is due to the increase in operating expenses.    

ASV Segment 

Net revenues 
Operating income (loss) 
Operating margin 

 $

2016 
103,803   $
6,009  

5.8%  

2015 
116,935      $ 
5,496        
4.7 %     

2014 

2,264  
(121) 
(5.3)%

ASV results are included from the effective date of acquisition, December 20, 2014. 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Net revenues —The ASV segment had net revenues of $103.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $116.9 
million for the year ended December 31, 2015. ASV revenues decline is primarily attributable to $9.8 million reduction in sales of 
undercarriages and parts to Caterpillar as well as a decrease in machine sales.  Machine sales decreased despite an increase in machine 
sales through ASV’s own distribution network, as this only partially offset declines in machine sales through the Terex distribution 
network.  Sales through the Terex dealer network have been adversely impacted by uncertainty arising from changes within the Terex 
construction segment, including the disposal by Terex of some of its compact construction equipment product lines.  In August 2016, 
Terex announced that it would focus its business going forward on its aerial work platforms, cranes and materials processing. For the 
year  ended December 31, 2016,  sales of  machines  through ASV-managed distribution  network  increased  to 70%  of  machine  sales, 
compared  to  44%  in  the  prior  year.  We  continue  to  focus  on  increasing  the  independent  ASV  dealer  network  to  offset  the  lower 
volumes of Terex branded product being sold. 

Operating income and operating margin —Operating income of $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was equivalent 
to 5.8% of net revenues compared to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 or 4.7% of net revenues. The improvement in 
operating  income  is  principally  due  to  a  $0.5  million  favorable  adjustment  to  the  reserve  for  accrued  product  liability  claims.  The 
effect that lower revenues had was offset an improvement in gross margin from a favorable mix of higher capacity machines, lower 
sales of skid steer loaders that have a lower average gross profit percent, and improved net pricing from increased sales into the ASV 
distribution channel, and the benefit of reduced costs of sales from cost reduction and efficiency actions, such as favorable purchase 
price variances and warranty costs. 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Net  revenues  —The  ASV  segment  had  net  revenues  of  $116.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  compared  to  $2.3 
million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Revenues for 2014 represents a twelve day period as ASV was acquired in December 
2014. 

During 2015, ASV started to sell their compact track and skid steer loaders under the ASV brand.  By the end of the year, ASV had a 
100 dealer locations in North America.  ASV branded product accounted for approximately 9% of 2015 machine units and is expected 
to grow significantly in 2016 and beyond.   

Operating  income  (loss)  and  operating  margin  —Operating  income  of  $5.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  was 
equivalent to 4.7% of net revenues compared to an operating loss of ($0.1) for the year ended December 31, 2014 or (5.3)% of net 
revenues.  The market for general construction equipment was relatively steady during the year.  However, the pricing environment 
for ASV became more competitive during the second half of the year and adversely impacted the second half results.  The segment 
also had higher than normal research and development costs due to the continuing Tier 4 final engine implementation program that is 
being rolled to the full product line. 

Equipment Distribution Segment 

Net revenues 
Operating (loss) income 
Operating (loss) margin 

2016 

2015 

 $

 $

16,404  
(2,893) 
(17.6)%  

  $ 

13,216   
(136 ) 
(1.0 )%     

2014 
21,104  
374  
1.8%

27 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Net  revenues  —The  Equipment  Distribution  segment  had  net  revenues  of  $16.4  million  and  $13.2  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  an  increase  of  $3.2  million.  The  increase  in  revenue  was  primarily  the  result  of  used 
equipment sales to reduce inventory on hand and on occasion has made concessions to facilitate the sale. 

Operating loss and operating margins —Operating loss of ($2.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was equivalent to 
(17.6)% of net revenues compared to ($0.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2015 or (1.0)% of net revenues. 

The expanded operating loss in 2016 is attributable to the sale of equipment at zero or lower margins to move equipment that was held 
by the segment.  

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Net  revenues  —The  Equipment  Distribution  segment  had  net  revenues  of  $13.2  million  and  $21.1  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, a decrease of $7.9 million.   The $7.9 million decrease is attributed to both a decrease in 
sales of new cranes and used construction equipment.  New crane sales continue to be significantly adversely impacted by reduced 
demand  for  product  from  the  energy  sector  resulting  from  a  very  steep  decline  in  oil  prices.    Additionally,  2014  benefited  from  a 
substantial initial sale of equipment into the rental sector.  Sales for remarked product was lower in part due to lower demand from 
Canada as the strong U.S. dollar was making our equipment significantly more expense to Canadian customers. 

Operating  (loss)  income  and  operating  margins  —Operating  loss  of  ($0.1)  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  was 
equivalent to (1.0)% of net revenues and compares to operating income of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 or 1.8% 
of net revenues. 

Operating income and margin was adversely impacted by loss of from reduced sales, although gross margin percent improved due to a 
higher proportion of parts sales in total revenues.  The change from a modest operating income in 2014 to a small operating loss in 
2015 is result of a decrease in gross profit the result of the decrease in revenues. The gross profit percent improved modestly as part 
sales (which have higher margins) represented higher portion of the revenues in 2015.   

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  were  $6.4  million  and  $5.9  million  at  December 31,  2016  and  December 31,  2015, 
respectively. In addition, the Company has a U.S. revolving credit facility with a maturity date of July 20, 2019. Additionally, ASV 
has  a  revolving  credit  facility,  which  is  for  its  sole  use,  with  a  maturity  date  of  December  23,  2021.  At  December 31,  2016  the 
Company  had  approximately  $2.3 million  available  to  borrow  under  its  revolving  credit  facility.    At  December  31,  2016  ASV  had 
approximately $3.5 million of availability under its revolving credit facility.      

At  December 31,  2016,  the  PM  Group  had  established  working  capital  facilities  with  seven  Italian  and  six  South  American  banks. 
Under these facilities, the PM Group can borrow $24.7 million against orders, invoices and letters of credit. At December 31, 2016, 
the PM Group had received advances of $19.3 million. Future advances are dependent on having available collateral. 

The  Company  needs  cash  to  meet  its  working  capital  needs  as  the  business  grows,  to  acquire  capital  equipment,  and  to  fund 
acquisitions and debt repayment. We intend to use cash flows from operations and existing availability under the current revolving 
credit  facilities  to  fund  operations.  However,  additional  capital  may  be  required  if  our  business  expands.  The  Company  thought  it 
prudent to put a mechanism in place by which supplemental liquidity can be provided to address working capital requirements or other 
capital requirements that may arise. On January 23, 2017, Manitex International Inc. entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales 
Agreement (“Sales Agreement”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell shares of 
its common stock, no par value per share, having an aggregate offering price up to $20,000 through Cantor.   Funds provided through 
the Sales Agreement totaled $2,608 in January 2017 2017 from the sale of 294,524 shares of the Company's common stock. 

Additionally, the Company issued a press release on January 23, 2017 that indicated the Company’s Board of Directors is considering 
strategic alternatives for A.S.V., LLC, its joint venture with Terex Corporation (NYSE:TEX), to realize maximum value for Manitex 
shareholders. The Board’s review will include the possibility of a sale of all or a portion of ASV or Manitex’s ownership stake (51%) 
in ASV, as well as the possibility of ASV becoming a public company. If a transaction were to take place any funds received would be 
used to reduce debt or other corporate purposes.  

Nevertheless, our availability under our credit lines is limited, it is important that we manage our working capital.  The Company may 
need  to  raise  additional  capital  through  debt  or  equity  financings  to  support  our  long-term  growth  strategy,  which  may  include 
additional acquisitions. There is no assurance that such financing will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms. 

28 

Outstanding borrowings and required payments 

The following is a summary of our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2016: 

(In millions) 

U.S. Revolver 

   $ 

20.0      3.75 to 4.75%  

Monthly   July 20, 2019 maturity 

Outstanding 
Balance 

Interest 
Rate

Interest 
Paid

Principal Payment 

Note payable—Terex 
Convertible note—Terex 
Convertible note—Perella 
ASV revolving credit facility       

1.6     
6.9     
14.5     
15.6     

4.50%  
7.5%  
7.5%  
3.6%  

$0.04 million interest payment June 19, 
2017 and $1.64 million interest and 
principal payment on December 19, 2017

Semi-Annual  
Semi-Annual   December 19, 2019 maturity 
Semi-Annual   January 7, 2021 maturity 

Monthly   December 23, 2021 maturity 

ASV Term loan A 

8.5     

4.76%  

Monthly  

ASV Term loan B 
Capital lease—cranes for sale      
Capital lease—Georgetown 
   facility 
Capital leases—Winona 
   facility 

PM unsecured borrowings 

PM Autogru term loan 
PM Autogru term loan 
PM term loans with related 
   accrued interest, interest 
   rate swaps and FMV 
   adjustments 
PM short-term working 
   capital borrowings 

21.5     
0.5     

11.00%  
4.4 to 5.6%  

5.3     

12.50%  

0.5     

12.7     

0.4     
0.5     

n.a.  
2.14% to 
2.64%  

3.00%  
2.50%  

$0.20 million quarterly plus interest 
unpaid balance due December 23, 2021 
$0.50 million quarterly plus interest 
unpaid balance due December 23, 2021 

Monthly  
Monthly   Over 36 or 60 months 

Monthly  

$0.06 million monthly payment includes 
interest 

Final Payment   To be paid in 2018 

Semi-Annual  

Variable semi-annual starting June 2017 
through December 2021 
$0.09 million monthly through October 
2020 

Monthly  
Annually   $0.5 million payment due June 2017 

14.1     

0 to 2.18%  

Semi-Annual  

   $ 

19.3      1.43 to 17.0%  
141.9     

Monthly  

Variable semi-annual starting June 2016 
through December 2021. Payments 
scheduled for 2017 total  approximately 
$3.0 million 
Upon payment of invoice or letter of 
credit 

Debt issuance costs 

(1.6 )      

Debt net of issuance costs 

   $ 

140.3        

The debt has various maturity dates. See Notes 11 and 12 to the financial statements for additional details. 

Change in outstanding debt 

In  2016,  our  total  debt  was  reduced  by  $35.6  million  of  which  $17.5  million  was  related  to  continuing  operations.    The  difference  is 
related to debt that was either paid off or was assumed by the buyer when our former Liftking and CVS subsidiaries were sold.  

29 

  
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
       
       
     
     
     
     
 
The following is a summary of changes in debt related to continuing operations: 

(In millions) 

U.S. Revolver 
Notes payable-Terex 
Capital leases—buildings 
Capital leases—equipment 
Convertible note—Terex 
Convertible note—Perella 
Comerica Term loan 
ASV Term loan 
ASV Revolving Credit Facility 
PM 

Debt issuance costs 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 

(6.5 ) 
(0.3 ) 
(0.1 ) 
(0.6 ) 
0.2   
0.1   
(2.2 ) 
(8.0 ) 
3.2   
(1.7 ) 
(16.3 ) 
(1.6 ) 
(17.9 ) 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

2016 

Operating  activities  consumed  $4.2  million  of  cash  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  and  is  comprised  of  non-cash  items  of 
$38.7 million, which generated cash, offset by a net loss of $35.7 million and an increase in working capital of $7.2 million both of 
which  consumed  cash.    The  following  are  principal  non-cash  items  that  generated  cash:  depreciation  and  amortization  of  $11.2 
million, the non-cash loss on sale of discontinued operations of $14.5 million, an impairment charge related to Lift Venture investment 
of $5.8 million, stock based compensation of $1.1 million, an increase in inventory reserves of $1.7 million, amortization of deferred 
financing  costs  of  $4.3  million,  amortization  of  debt  discount  of  $0.5  million,  and  an  increase  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  $1.2 
million.   A change in interest rate swaps of $0.7 million and $0.9 million gain related to the revaluation of contingent acquisition 
liability  both  consumed  cash.    Other  less  significant  non-cash  items  in  aggregated  offset  each  other.    The  amortization  of  deferred 
financing costs includes approximately $3.6 million that was expensed in connection with refinancing of debt.   

The  change  in  assets  and  liabilities  consumed  $7.2  million  in  cash.    The  changes  in  assets  and  liabilities  related  to  continuing 
operations  and  discontinued  operations  consumed  $3.0  million  and  $4.2  million,  respectively.    The  changes  in  the  items  related  to 
continuing operations had the following impact on cash flows: accounts receivable generated $1.1 million, inventory generated $2.2 
million,  prepaid  expenses  consumed  $0.4  million,  other  assets  generated  $0.2  million,  accounts  payable  consumed  $4.3  million, 
accrued  expenses  consumed  $0.7  million,  other  current  liabilities  generated  $0.2  million,  and  other  long-term  liabilities  consumed 
$1.4 million.  The decrease in accounts receivable is due to the fact that sales for the fourth quarter 2016 are lower when compared to 
sales for the quarter ended December 31, 2015.  This impact was largely offset by a longer collection cycle.  The lengthening of the 
collection cycle is result of an increase in foreign receivables, which traditionally take longer to collect.  The decrease in inventory is 
attributed to a concerted effort to reduce inventory to generate funds to repay debt.  The decrease in accounts payable is attributed a 
decrease  inventory  and  timing  of  vendor  payments.    The  decrease  in  other  long-term  liability  is  due  to  a  reduction  in  a  long-term 
reserve related to a product liability claim that was sooner than expected.   

Cash  flows  related  to  investing  activities  generated  $18.4  million  of  cash  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016.  The  Company 
generated  $19.1  million  through  the  sale  of  non-core  operations  and  another  $0.7  million  by  discontinued  operations  offset  by  the 
purchase of capital equipment of $1.5 million.  Other investing activity in aggregate totaled $0.1 million. The amount spent for capital 
equipment was spread throughout the organization and no expenditure individually was significant.  

Financing  activities  consumed  $16.7  million  in  cash  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016.    The  principal  sources  of  cash  that  in 
aggregate  total  $43.8  million  include  new  borrowing  of  $30.7  million,  proceeds  from  sales  and  leasebacks  of  $4.1  million,  an 
additional investment in ASV of $2.5 million received from the noncontrolling investee, an increase in working capital borrowings of 
$1.8 million and increase in debt of discontinued operations of $4.7 million (incurred before the sale of non-core operations).  The 
new borrowings include $30.0 million borrowed to refinance ASV debt.     

The  repayment  of  debt  consumed  $60.5  million  of  which  $30.0  was  for  the  repayment  of  ASV  debt  that  was  refinanced.  The 
remaining $30.5 million was used to reduce debt by $28.3 million and to pay bank fees and cost of $2.2 million incurred in connection 
with  new  financing.    The  major  debt  reductions  and  payments  include  a  reduction  in  borrowings  million  under  the  U.S.  revolving 

30 

  
  
 
  
  
   
  
 
credit facility of $11.9 million, payments against ASV term debt of $8.0 million, a payment of $2.2 million to pay of the balance of 
the 2014 term loan, and payments of $4.6 million against outstanding PM debt. 

2015 

Operating activities provided $6.4 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2015, and is comprised of non-cash items of $14.7 
million, which generated cash, offset by a net loss of $5.3 million and an increase in working capital of $3.0 million both of which 
consumed cash.  The following are principal non-cash items that generated cash: depreciation and amortization of $11.5 million, stock 
based  compensation  of  $1.5  million,  an  increase  in  inventory  reserves  of  $0.8  million,  amortization  of  deferred  bank  fees  of  $1.2 
million,  amortization  of  debt discount  of $0.7  million  and  the  non-cash loss  on  sale  of  discontinued operations  of $1.4  million.   A 
change in deferred taxes of $2.1 million and change in interest rate swaps of $0.7 million both consumed cash.  Other less significant 
non-cash items in aggregate generated a net $0.4 million of cash.  

The change in assets and liabilities consumed $3.0 million in cash.  The changes in assets and liabilities had the following impact on 
cash flows: accounts receivable generated $18.8 million, inventory consumed $8.1 million, prepaid expenses consumed $3.3 million, 
accounts payable generated $8.2 million, accrued expenses consumed $2.5 million, income tax payable on ASV conversion consumed 
$16.2  million,  other  current  liabilities  consumed  $0.7  million,  other  long-term  liabilities  generated  $1.4  million  and  discontinued 
operations consumed $0.8 million.  The decrease in accounts receivable is the result of collecting accounts receivable faster, and due 
to the fact that sales for the current quarter are lower when compared to sales for the quarter ended December 31, 2014 when adjusted 
for  acquisitions.   Inventory  increased  as our  crane operations  built  a number  of  cranes  with  a  value  of  approximately  $2.9  million.   
The  Company  believes  having  cranes  available  for  immediate  shipment  in  the  current  market  is  a  competitive  advantage.  
Additionally, our Manitex subsidiary raw material was higher as they had approximately $3.0 million of PM inventory to support our 
efforts to expand PM distribution in North America.  The additional $2.2 million is spread throughout other locations.  The increase in 
prepaid  expenses  and  other  is  due  to  an  increase  in  income  tax  receivables,  and  the  increase  in  unrealized  gains  associated  with 
forward currency contracts that the Company holds.  Forward currency contracts are valued at their fair market values at the balance 
sheet date with any gains being included in prepaid expenses and other.  The decrease in accounts payable is due to timing of vendor 
payments  and  raw  material  purchases.    A  substantial  portion  the  decrease  in  accrued  expenses  and  the  increase  in  other  long-term 
liabilities is attributed to a reclassification of liability from accruals to other long-term liabilities. 

Cash flows related to investing activities consumed $9.4 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company used 
$13.7 million for acquisitions and invested another $2.3 in capital equipment offset by $6.5 million and $0.5 million generated from 
the  sale  of  discontinued  operations  and  from  the  sales  of  miscellaneous  pieces  of  equipment,  respectively.  Other  less  significant 
investing activities in aggregate consumed $0.4 million of cash. The amount spent for capital equipment was spread throughout the 
organization and no expenditure individually was significant.  

Financing activities generated $5.9 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The Company generated $27.9 million net 
of  expenses  to  finance  the  PM  acquisition  by  issuing  a  $15.0  convertible  note  and  entering  into  a  $14.0  million  term  loan.    At 
December 31, 2015, the Company had repaid $11.8 million of the term loan reducing the term loan to $2.2 million.  This resulted in 
net generation of cash of $16.1 million at the end of the year.  

Other financing activity consumed $10.2 million of cash. This amount includes $2.0 million in payments against ASV’s term note, 
$1.4 million in capital lease payments and a $4.3 million decrease in working capital borrowings in Italy.  Other financing activities in 
aggregate consumed $2.9 million. 

Contingencies 

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability  and  workers’  compensation  matters  which  have 
arisen  in  the normal  course of operations. Certain  cases are  at  a  preliminary  stage,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  estimate  the  amount or 
timing of any cost to the Company. 

The Company does not believe that these contingencies in aggregate will have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

Additionally, the Company has been named as a defendant in several multi-defendant asbestos related product liability lawsuits. In 
certain instances, the Company is indemnified by a former owner of the product line in question. In the remaining cases the plaintiff 
has,  to  date,  not  been  able  to  establish  any  exposure  by  the  plaintiff  to  the  Company’s  products.  The  Company  is  uninsured  with 
respect to these claims but believes that it will not incur any material liability with respect to these to claims. 

When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 

31 

possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. The Company established reserves for several ASV and 
PM lawsuits in conjunction with the accounting for these two acquisitions.  

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Private Bank has issued 2 standby letters of credit at December 31, 2016.  The first standby letter of credit is $0.625 million in favor of 
an insurance carrier to secure obligations which may arise in connection with future deductibles payments that may be incurred under 
the  Company’s  workman  compensation  insurance  policies.    The  second  standby  letter  of  credit  is  $20  thousand  in  favor  of  a 
governmental agency to secure obligations which may arise in connection with workman compensation claims.  

PNC Bank has issued 3 standby letters of credit at December 31, 2016.  The first standby letter of credit is $0.245 million in favor of 
an insurance carrier to secure obligations which may arise in connection with future deductibles payments that may be incurred under 
the Company’s workman compensation insurance policies.  The second and third standby letters of credit were $0.1 million each for 
commercial purposes. 

During the fourth quarter of 2015 and first quarter of 2016, the Company entered into four 60 month equipment operating leases in a 
sales and lease back transactions.  In connection with these transactions, the Company received $6.7 million, i.e., $2.6 million for the 
one executed in 2015 and a total of $4.1 million for the three executed in 2016. 

Contractual Obligations 

The  following  is  a  schedule  as  of  December 31,  2016  of  our  long-term  contractual  commitments,  future  minimum  lease  payments 
under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and other long-term obligations. 

(in thousands) 

Long-term debt obligations (4) 
PM working capital borrowing (3) 
Operating lease obligations 
Capital lease obligations (3) 
Legal Settlement (see Note 23) (3) 
Service agreements 
Purchase obligations (1) 

Total 

Total 
141,529    $
18,870     
8,535     
11,485     
1,425     
3,854     
9,932     
195,630    $

  $

  $

Payments due by period 
2018- 
2019 
47,796     $ 
—       
3,973       
2,496       
190       
2,605       
—       
57,060     $ 

2017 
14,276    $
18,870     
2,311     
1,051     
95     
1,249     
9,932     
47,784    $

    Thereafter 

2020- 
2021
76,290    $
—     
1,978     
1,731     
190     
—     
—     
80,189    $

3,167 
— 
273 
6,207 
950 
— 
— 
10,597   

(1)  Except  for  a  very  insignificant  amount,  purchase  obligations  are  for  inventory  items.  Purchase  obligations  not  for  inventory 

would include research and development materials, supplies and services. 

(2)  At December 31, 2016, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $983 thousand for which the Company is unable to make 
reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the respective tax authority. Thus, these liabilities have not 
been included in the contractual obligations table. (see Note 14). 

(3)  PM working capital borrowing, Capital lease obligations and legal settlement include imputed interest. 
(4)  Long-term  debt  obligations  include  expected  interest  expense.  Interest  expense  is  calculated  using  current  interest  rates  for 

indebtedness as of December 31, 2016. 

Related Party Transactions 

For a description of the Company’s related party transactions, please see Note 22 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
entitled “Transactions between the Company and Related Parties.” 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  our  reported  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our 
estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that 
our  estimates  and  assumptions  are  reasonable  under  the  circumstances;  however,  actual  results  may  vary  from  these  estimates  and 

32 

  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more 
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue  Recognition.  Revenue  and  related  costs  are  recognized  when  title  passes  and  risk  of  loss  passes  to  our  customers  which 
generally occurs upon shipment depending upon the terms of the contract.  Under certain contracts with our customers title passes to 
the customers when the units are completed. The units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to the customer, 
the customer is notified that the units are complete and awaiting pick up or delivery as specified by the customer before income is 
recognized. Additionally, the customer is requested to sign an “Invoice Authorization Form” which acknowledges the contract terms 
and  acknowledges  that  the  customer  has  economic  ownership  and  control  over  the  unit.  It  also  acknowledges  that  we  are  going  to 
invoice the unit per terms of the contract. The Company insures any custodial risk that it may retain. 

For FOB contracts, customers may be invoiced prior to the time customers take physical possession. Revenue is recognized in such 
cases only when the customer has a fixed commitment to purchase the units, the units have been completed, tested and made available 
to the customer for pickup or delivery, and the customer has authorized in writing that we hold the units for pickup or delivery at a 
time specified by the customer. In such cases, the units are invoiced under our customary billing terms, title to the units and risks of 
ownership  pass  to  the  customer  upon  invoicing,  the  units  are  segregated  from  our  inventory  and  identified  as  belonging  to  the 
customer and we have no further obligations under the order. The Company insures any custodial risk that it may retain. 

In addition, our policy requires in all instances certain minimum criteria be met in order to recognize revenue, specifically: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; 

The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; 

Collectability is reasonably assured; and 

d)  We have no significant obligations for future performance. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts. The Company enters into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk related to 
certain foreign term loans. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  current  earnings 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which case the effective portion of the gain 
or loss is recognized and is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period 
or periods during which the hedging instrument affects earnings (date of sale). As part of the acquisition of PM Group, which was 
acquired  on  January 15,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  which  manage  the  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk 
related  to  term  loans  with  certain  financial  institutions  in  Italy.  These  contracts  have  been  determined  not  to  be  hedge  instruments 
under ASC 815-10. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Notes 5 and 6. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts Receivable is reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the 
future. The Company’s estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables includes evaluation of specific 
accounts where we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet its financial obligations. 

Inventories  and  Related  Reserve  for  Obsolete  and  Excess  Inventory.  Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  and  are 
reduced  by  a  reserve  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventories.  The  estimated  reserve  is  based  upon  specific  identification  of  excess  or 
obsolete inventories. 

Other Intangible Assets. The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill 
and Other”.  The  Company  capitalizes  certain  costs  related  to  patent  technology.  Additionally,  a  substantial  portion  of  the  purchase 
price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and 
customer relationships. Under the guidance, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. 
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment. 

Goodwill. Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) 
and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  acquisition,  is  reviewed  for  impairment  annually,  and  more  frequently  as  circumstances  warrant,  and 
written down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. The Company does not amortize 
goodwill in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, 
“Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other”  (“ASC  350”). The  Company  selected  October 1  as  the  date  for  the  required  annual  impairment 
test. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (reportable segment). The Company’s three operating segments comprise 
the reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes. 

33 

Under  ASU  2011-08,  entities  are  provided  with  the  option  of first  performing  a  qualitative  assessment  on none,  some,  or  all  of its 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If 
after completing a qualitative analysis, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than 
its carrying value a quantitative analysis is required. 

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company elected to evaluate the Lifting Equipment and Equipment Distribution reporting unit’s goodwill 
using  the  quantitative  two  step  approach.    Additionally,  in  2016  and  2015  the  Company  evaluated  ASV’s  goodwill  using  the 
quantitative approach. The first step used to identify potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value 
to  its  carrying  value,  including  goodwill.  During  the  first  step  testing,  the  Company  evaluated  goodwill  for  impairment  using  a 
business  valuation  method,  which  is  calculated  as  of  a  measurement  date  by  determining  the  present  value  of  debt-free,  after-tax 
projected  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  of  a  hypothetical  third  party  buyer.  The  market 
approach  was  also  considered  in  evaluating  the  potential  for  impairment  by  calculating  fair  value  based  on  multiples  of  earnings 
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of comparable, publicly traded companies. This analysis also did not 
indicate impairment of the Lifting Equipment or ASV segments’ goodwill.  The Company also observed implied EBITDA multiples 
from relatively recent merger and acquisition activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results.  The 
estimated fair values of the Lifting Equipment reporting segment exceeded its carrying value by approximately 5%.  The fair value of 
the ASV segment exceeded its carrying value by approximately 20%. Except for a possible impairment of the Equipment Distribution 
segment  goodwill  in  2016,  the  aforementioned  step  one  quantitative  testing  did  not  indicate  any  impairment.    As  there  was  an 
indication of possible impairment in 2016, the Equipment Distribution segment’s goodwill was subject to additional step two testing, 
which is described below. 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one 
indicated  impairment. The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  by  measuring  the  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was 
being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the 
reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of 
the  goodwill,  an  impairment  charge  is  recorded  for  the  excess. An  impairment  loss  cannot  exceed  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill 
assigned to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. 

This further analysis indicated that the Equipment Distribution segment goodwill was impaired and a $275 impairment charge was 
recognized in 2016 to fully write off the Equipment Distribution segment’s goodwill. The Company did not have any impairment for 
the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

The  determination  of  fair  value  requires  the  Company  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and 
assumptions  primarily  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  revenue  growth  and  operating  earnings  projections,  discount  rates,  terminal 
growth rates, and required capital expenditure projections.  Our projections make certain assumptions including expanding PM market 
share in North America, a normalization of energy markets over time and a continued expansion of dealer networks, particularly for 
ASV.    If  our  progress  in  meeting  these  and  other  assumptions  is  slower  or  different  than  what  was  anticipated,  it  may  impact  our 
ability  to  meet  the  projections.    Due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  involved  in  making  these  estimates,  actual  results  could  differ 
materially from those estimates. Deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with the projections (including not meeting 
near term projections) may result in impairment in the near term. In the event the Company determines that goodwill is impaired in the 
future the Company would need to recognize a non-cash impairment charge. 

Impairment  of  Long  Lived  Assets.  The  Company’s  policy  is  to  assess  the  realizability  of  its  long-lived  assets,  including  intangible 
assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash 
flows  are  less  than  the  carrying  value. Future  cash  flow  projections  include  assumptions  for  future  sales  levels,  the  impact  of  cost 
reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized 
would be calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. The Company did not have 
any impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

Warranty  Expense.  The  Company  establishes  reserves  for  future  warranty  expense  at  point  when  revenue  is  recognized  by  the 
Company and is based on a percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is 
based on sales. 

Retirement  Benefit  Costs  and  Termination  Benefits.  Payments  to  defined  contribution  retirement  benefit  plans  are  recognized  as  an 
expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the 
cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of 
each annual reporting period. Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the changes to the asset ceiling (if 
applicable)  and  the  return  on  plan  assets  (excluding  interest),  is  reflected  immediately  in  the  statement  of  financial  position  with  a 

34 

charge or  credit  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  period  in  which  they occur.  Remeasurement  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is 
recognized in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning 
of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Defined benefit costs are categorized as follows: 

 

 

 

service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements); 

net interest expense or income; and 

remeasurement. 

The PM Group presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss in the line item personnel. Curtailment gains 
and  losses  are  accounted  for  as  past  service  costs.  The  retirement  benefit  obligation  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
financial  position  represents  the  actual  deficit  or  surplus  in  PM  Group’s  defined  benefit  plans.  Any  surplus  resulting  from  this 
calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in 
future  contributions  to  the  plans.  A  liability  for  a  termination  benefit  is  recognized  at  the  earlier  of  when  the  entity  can  no  longer 
withdraw the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognizes any related restructuring costs. 

Litigation Claims. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on the advice of outside legal counsel. 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740 “Income Taxes,” which requires recognition 
of income taxes based on amounts payable with respect to the current year and the effects of deferred taxes for the expected future tax 
consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as 
well  as  for  operating  losses  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  using  enacted  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  year  in  which  the  differences  are 
expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not a tax benefit will 
not be realized. 

ASC 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return,  as  well  as  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.  The  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  the  generation  of  future 
taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. See Note 15, Income Taxes, for further details. 

Comprehensive Income 

Reporting  “Comprehensive  Income”  requires  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its  components.  Comprehensive 
income includes, in addition to net earnings, other items that are reported as direct adjustments to stockholder’s equity. Currently, the 
comprehensive income adjustment required for the Company has two components. First is a foreign currency translation adjustment, 
the result of consolidating its foreign subsidiaries. The second component is a derivative instrument fair market value adjustment (net 
of income taxes) related to forward currency contracts designated as a cash flow hedge. 

Business Combinations 

The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  guidance  found  in  ASC  805,  Business  Combinations.  The  guidance 
requires  consideration  given,  including  contingent  consideration,  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  to  be  valued  at  their  fair 
market values at the acquisition date. The guidance further provides that: (1) in-process research and development will be recorded at 
fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset; (2) acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred, (3) restructuring costs 
associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and (4) changes in deferred tax 
asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense. 

ASC 805 requires that any excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities 
assumed  be  recognized  as  goodwill.  In  accordance  with  ASC  805,  any  excess  of  fair  value  of  acquired  net  assets,  including 
identifiable  intangibles  assets,  over  the  acquisition  consideration  results  in  a  bargain  purchase  gain.  Prior  to  recording  a  gain,  the 
acquiring entity must reassess whether all acquired assets and assumed liabilities have been identified and recognized and perform re-
measurements to verify that the consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. 

35 

ASV,  PM  Group  and  Columbia  Tank  results  are  included  in  the  Company’s  results  from  their  respective  dates  of  acquisition  of 
December 20, 2014, January 15, 2015 and March 12, 2015. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 outlines a 
new, single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-
step  analysis  in  determining  when  and  how  revenue  is  recognized.  The  new  model  will  require  revenue  recognition  to  depict  the 
transfer  of  promised  goods  or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  a  company  expects  to  receive  in 
exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  In  August  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-14,  “Deferral  of  the  Effective  Date”,  which 
amends ASU 2014-09.  As a result, the effective date is the first quarter of 2018, with early adoption permitted.   The Company is 
evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on the determination or reporting of its financial results.  

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory,” (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 requires 
inventory be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value and options that currently exist for market value be eliminated. 
ASU 2015-11 defines net realizable value as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable 
costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 
and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years  with  early  adoption  permitted.  ASU  2015-11  should  be  applied  prospectively.  The 
Company is evaluating the impact adoption of this guidance will have on determination or reporting of its financial results. 

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-17  (“ASU  2015-17”),  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740): 
Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred  Taxes.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2015-17  seek  to  simplify  the  presentation  of  deferred 
income  taxes  and  require  that  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  be  classified  as  noncurrent  in  a  classified  statement  of  financial 
position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax paying component of an entity be offset and presented 
as  a  single  amount  is  not  affected  by  the  amendments  in  this  update.  ASU  2015-17  is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early application permitted 
for  all  entities  as  of  the  beginning  of  an  interim  or  annual  reporting  period.  The  guidance  can  be  applied  either  prospectively  or 
retrospectively. The Company has adopted the guidance for the year ended December 31, 2016 on a retrospective basis in order to 
simplify  balance  sheet  classifications.  The  main  impact  of  adoption  of  the  standard  was  the  reclassification  of  current  deferred  tax 
assets that resulted in a reduction in noncurrent deferred tax liabilities.    

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, "Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities." The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, require equity investments (except 
those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair 
value  with  changes  in  fair  value  recognized  in  net  income;  requires  public  business  entities  to  use  the  exit  price  notion  when 
measuring fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial 
liabilities  by  measurement  category  and  form  of  financial  asset  (i.e.,  securities  or  loans  and  receivables);  and  eliminates  the 
requirement  for  public  business  entities  to  disclose  the  method(s)  and  significant  assumptions  used  to  estimate  fair  value  that  is 
required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 
2018. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize assets 
and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Consistent 
with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee 
primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. The update is effective for reporting periods beginning after 
December  15,  2018.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  is  in  the  process  of  evaluating  the  impact  of  this  update  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815),” (“ASU 2016-05”). ASU 2016-05 provides 
guidance clarifying that novation of a derivative contract (i.e. a change in counterparty) in a hedge accounting relationship does not, in 
and of itself, require designation of that hedge accounting relationship. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, 
with early adoption permitted. Adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815),” (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 simplifies 
the  embedded  derivative  analysis  for  debt  instruments  containing  contingent  call  or  put  options  by  clarifying  that  an  exercise 
contingency does not need to be evaluated to determine whether it relates to interest rates and credit risk in an embedded derivative 
analysis. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, with early adoption permitted. Adoption is not expected to 
have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

36 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-08,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  Principal  versus  Agent 
Considerations  (Reporting  Revenue  Gross  versus  Net),”  (“ASU  2016-08”).  ASU  2016-08  further  clarifies  principal  and  agent 
relationships within ASU 2014-09. Similar to ASU 2014-09, the effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early 
adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard 
will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-
Based Payment Accounting,” (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based 
payment  awards.  The  effective  date  will  be  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2017,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is 
evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  April  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-10,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606),  Identifying  Performance 
Obligations and Licensing,” (“ASU 2016-10”).  The amendments in ASU 2016-10 are expected to reduce the cost and complexity of 
applying  the  guidance  on  identifying  promised  goods  or  services  in  contracts  with  customers  and  to  improve  the  operability  and 
understandability  of  licensing  implementation  guidance  related  to  the  entity's  intellectual  property.   Similar  to  ASU  2014-09,  the 
effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017.  The 
Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash  Payments,”  (“ASU  2016-15”).   ASU  2016-15  reduces  the  existing  diversity  in  practice  in  financial  reporting  by  clarifying 
existing  principles  in  ASC  230,  “Statement  of  Cash  Flows,”  and  provides  specific  guidance  on  certain  cash  flow  classification 
issues.  The effective date for ASU 2016-15 will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted.  The Company 
is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than Inventory,” 
(“ASU 2016-16”).  ASU 2016-16 requires recognition of current and deferred income taxes resulting from an intra-entity transfer of 
any asset (excluding inventory) when the transfer occurs. This is a change from existing GAAP which prohibits recognition of current 
and deferred income taxes until the asset is sold to a third party.  The effective date for ASU 2016-16 will be the first quarter of fiscal 
year 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-01,  “Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Clarifying  the  Definition  of  a  Business,” 
(“ASU  2017-01”).  ASU  2017-01  provides  guidance  in  ascertaining  whether  a  collection  of  assets  and  activities  is  considered  a 
business. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, with prospective application. The Company is evaluating the 
impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill 
Impairment,” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, an entity should perform 
its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity 
should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, if any. 
The  loss  recognized  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  Additionally,  an  entity  should 
consider  income  tax  effects  from  any  tax  deductible  goodwill  on  the  carrying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit  when  measuring  the 
goodwill  impairment.  The  effective  date  will  be  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  with  early  adoption  permitted  in  2017.  The 
Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

Except  as  noted  above,  the  guidance  issued  by  the  FASB  during  the  current  year  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  certain  market  risks  that  exist  as  part  of  our  ongoing  business  operations  and  the  Company’s  use  of 
derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage our foreign change risks. As a matter of policy, the Company does not 
engage  in  trading  or  speculative  transactions.  For  further  information  on  accounting  policies  related  to  derivative  financial 
instruments, refer to Note 6—“Derivative Financial Instruments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Foreign Exchange Risk 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  cash  flows  related  to  third-party  purchases  and  sales,  intercompany 
product shipments and intercompany loans. The Company is also exposed to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency investments 

37 

 
 
in subsidiaries and cash flows related to repatriation of these investments. Additionally, the Company is exposed to volatility in the 
translation  of  foreign  currency  earnings  to  U.S.  Dollars.  Primary  exposures  include  the  U.S. Dollar  when  compared  to  functional 
currencies of our major foreign subsidiaries, primarily the Euro. The Company assesses foreign currency risk based on transactional 
cash  flows,  identifies  naturally  offsetting  positions  and  purchases  hedging  instruments  to  partially  offset  anticipated  exposures.  At 
December 31, 2016, the Company had no outstanding foreign currency exchange contracts being used to hedge future sale that would 
qualify as cash flow hedges.  The Company, however, has foreign currency exchange contract to sell 1.8 billion Chilean pesos.  This 
contract is intended to hedge an intercompany receivable that PM has from its Chilean subsidiary.   This forward currency exchange 
contract has been determined not to be considered a hedge under ASC 815-10, as such the Company’s earnings include changes in 
market value of this hedge that occur during a reporting period.  

At December 31, 2016, the Company performed a sensitivity analysis on the effect that aggregate changes in the translation effect of 
foreign currency exchange rate changes would have on our operating income. Based on this sensitivity analysis, we have determined 
that  a  change  in  the value of the  U.S. dollar  relative  to  currencies outside  the  U.S. by  10%  to  amounts  already  incorporated  in  the 
financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  would  have  $0.2  million  impact  on  the  translation  effect  of  foreign 
currency exchange rate changes already included in our reported operating income for the period. 

Interest Rate Risk 

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable 
rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate and EURIBOR.  At December 31, 2016, the Company had 
approximately  $108.0  million  of  variable  interest  debt  with  average  weighted  average  interest  rate  at  year  end  of  approximately 
4.62%. The Company’s PM subsidiary had interest rate swaps on €20.4 million of its debt. The fair value of the interest rate swaps, 
which represents the cost to settle these arrangements at December 31, 2016 was approximately $0.4 million. At December 31, 2016, 
the  Company  performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  to  determine  the  impact  that  an  increase  in  interest  rates  would  have.  Based  on  this 
sensitivity analysis, the Company has determined that an increase of 10% in our average floating interest rates at December 31, 2016 
would increase interest expense by approximately $0.5 million. 

Commodities Risk 

Principal  materials and components that the Company uses in our various  manufacturing processes include steel, castings, engines, 
tires,  hydraulics,  cylinders,  drive  trains,  electric  controls  and  motors,  and  a  variety  of  other  commodities  and  fabricated  or 
manufactured items. Extreme movements in the cost and availability of these materials and components may affect the Company’s 
financial  performance.  Changes  to  input  costs  did  not  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  Company’s  operating  performance  in  2016. 
During 2016, raw materials and components were generally available to meet our production schedules and had no significant impact 
on 2016 revenues. 

In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from 
multiple suppliers. However, certain businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative 
suppliers of such materials may be generally available. Current and potential suppliers are evaluated on a regular basis on their ability 
to  meet  our  requirements  and  standards.  The  Company  actively  manages  our  material  supply  sourcing,  and  may  employ  various 
methods  to  limit  risk  associated  with  commodity  cost  fluctuations  and  availability.  The  inability  of  suppliers,  especially  any  single 
source  suppliers  for  a  particular  business,  to  deliver  materials  and  components  promptly  could  result  in  production  delays  and 
increased costs to manufacture the Company’s products. To mitigate the impact of these risks, the Company continues to search for 
acceptable alternative supply sources and less expensive supply options on a regular basis, including improving the globalization. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are 
filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included in this report. See the Index to Financial Statements. 

38 

 
 
 
 
The financial statements of the registrant required to be included in Item 8 are listed below: 

Index to Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ....................................................................................................    

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 ...........................................................................................    

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .........................................    

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .........    

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ..............................    

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .......................................    

Page 
Reference
40

41

42

43

44

45

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................................    

46-88

39 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and 
Shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manitex International, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December  31,  2016  and  2015,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss),  shareholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. We also have audited the Company’s 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The  Company’s 
management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on these 
consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material  respects.  Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the 
amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Manitex International, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Manitex International, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

/s/ UHY LLP 
UHY LLP 

Sterling Heights, Michigan 
March 9, 2017 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

As of  December 31, 

2016 

2015 

   $

   $

   $

   $

5,110       $
1,308      
47,267      
501      
1,332      
90,901      
4,745      
—      
151,164      
37,241      
56,809      
70,248      
1,978      
545      
—      
—      

317,985       $

27,408       $
—      
338      
45,778      
4,373      
16,658      
2,150      
—      
96,705      

35,562      
49,986      
6,004      
6,862      
14,098      
1,058      
3,242      
4,906      
—      
121,718      
218,423      

—      

94,324      
2,918      
(18,572 )   
(4,272 )   
74,398      
25,164      
99,562      
317,985       $

5,918 
— 
50,101 
388 
1,743 
99,846 
4,393 
37,360 
199,749 
41,381 
63,675 
71,337 
3,003 
216 
5,752 
16,310 
401,423 

27,212 
— 
1,004 
53,601 
1,611 
17,708 
2,030 
16,870 
120,036 

38,872 
64,174 
5,850 
6,737 
13,923 
1,288 
1,790 
7,198 
11,255 
151,087 
271,123 

— 

93,186 
2,630 
16,588 
(5,392)
107,012 
23,288 
130,300 
401,423   

ASSETS 

Current assets 
Cash 
Cash - restricted 
Trade receivables (net) 
Accounts receivable from related party 
Other receivables 
Inventory (net) 
Prepaid expense and other 
Current assets of discontinued operations 

Total current assets 

Total fixed assets (net) 
Intangible assets (net) 
Goodwill 
Other long-term assets 
Deferred tax asset 
Non-marketable equity investment 
Long-term assets of discontinued operations 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Current liabilities 

Notes payable—short term 
Revolving credit facilities 
Current portion of capital lease obligations 
Accounts payable 
Accounts payable related parties 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 
Current liabilities of discontinued operations 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities 

Revolving term credit facilities 
Notes payable 
Capital lease obligations 
Convertible note-related party (net) 
Convertible note (net) 
Deferred gain on sale of building 
Deferred tax liability 
Other long-term liabilities 
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations 

Total long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 
Equity 

Preferred Stock—Authorized 150,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding at 
   December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 
Common Stock—no par value 25,000,000 shares authorized, 16,200,294 and 16,072,100 shares 
   issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively
Paid in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Equity attributable to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

41 

  
  
 
  
  
     
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Net revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Total operating expenses 

Operating (loss) income 

Other income (expense) 
Interest expense 
Interest expense related to write off of debt issuance costs 
Foreign currency transaction loss 
Other income (loss) 

Total other expense 

(Loss) income before income taxes and loss in non-marketable equity 
   interest from continuing operations 
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations 
Loss in non-marketable equity interest, net of taxes 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations: (Note 25) 

Loss from operations of discontinued operations (including loss on 
   disposal of $15,068 and $2,142 in 2016 and 2015, respectively) 
Income tax expense 
(Loss) income on discontinued operations 

Net (loss) income 

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (loss) Per Share 

Basic 

(Loss) earnings from continuing operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 
(Loss) earnings attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Diluted 

(Loss) earnings from continuing operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 
(Loss) earnings attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

For the years ended December 31, 

  $

2016 

2015 

2014 

288,959    $ 
240,375      
48,584      

$

319,681 
260,775 
58,906 

177,002 
140,739 
36,263 

4,877      
45,422      
50,299      
(1,715)     

(11,000)     
(3,635)     
(1,115)     
897      

(14,853)

(16,568)      
(545)     
(5,752)     
(21,775)     

(13,922)     
37      
(13,959)     
(35,734)     
574      

4,983 
48,715 
53,698 
5,208 

(11,842)
— 
(293)
(43)
(12,178)

(6,970)     
(1,908)
(199)
(5,261)

377      
440 
(63)
(5,324)
(48)

1,084 
22,242 
23,326 
12,937 

(1,854)
— 
(423)
(101)
(2,378)

10,559 
3,516 
— 
7,043 

84 
160 
(76)
6,967 
136 

  $

(35,160)   $ 

(5,372)    $

7,103 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(1.31)   $ 

(0.33)    $

0.52 

(0.87)   $ 

—     $

(0.01)

(2.18)   $ 

(0.34)    $

0.51 

(1.31)   $ 

(0.33)    $

0.52 

(0.87)   $ 

—     $

(0.01)

(2.18)   $ 

(0.34)    $

0.51 

16,133,284      
16,133,284      

15,970,074 
15,970,074 

13,858,189 
13,904,289   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

42 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(In thousands) 

Net (loss) income: 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Derivative instrument fair market value adjustment—net of 
   income taxes of $(3) for 2014 

Total other comprehensive  income (loss) 
Comprehensive (loss) income 
Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Total comprehensive (loss)  income attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

  $

(35,734)   $ 

(5,324)   $

6,967 

1,120      

(4,369)    

(1,419)

—      
1,120      

(34,614)

574      

—     
(4,369)    
(9,693)    
(48)    

7 
(1,412)
5,555 
136 

  $

(34,040)   $ 

(9,741)   $

5,691   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

43 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

For the years ended December 31, 

Number of common shares outstanding 
Balance at beginning of the year 

Stock offering 
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and cancelled 
Stock issued in connection with asset purchase (see Note 19) 
Shares issued to pay rent 
Shares issued to repay debt 
Balance end of year 

Common Stock 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Stock offering 
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and cancelled 
Stock issued in connection with asset purchase (see Note 19) 
Shares issued to pay rent 
Shares issued to repay debt 
Balance end of year 

Paid in Capital 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Equity component of Convertible debt issuance 
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Excess tax benefits related to vesting of restricted stock 

Balance end of year 

Retained Earnings 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Balance end of year 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive(loss) Income 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Gain (loss) on foreign currency translation 
Derivative instrument fair market adjustment—net of income taxes 

Balance end of year 

Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Acquisition noncontrolling business 
Investment received from noncontrolling interest 
Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Balance end of year 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

2016 

2015 

2014 

16,072,100      
—      
68,876      
(13,055)     
—      
41,948      
30,425      
16,200,294      

14,989,694 
— 
100,441 
(12,518)
994,483 
— 
— 
16,072,100 

13,801,277 
1,108,156 
89,114 
(8,853)
— 
— 
— 
14,989,694 

93,186    $ 
—      
841      
(80)     
—      
227      
150      
94,324    $ 

2,630    $ 
—      
288      
—      
2,918    $ 

82,040 
— 
1,097 
(75)
10,124 
— 
— 
93,186 

1,789 
457 
384 
— 
2,630 

16,588    $ 

21,960 

(35,160)     
(18,572)   $ 

(5,372)
16,588 

$

$

$

$

$

$

(5,392)   $ 
1,120      
—      
(4,272)   $ 

23,288    $ 
—      
2,450      
(574)     
25,164    $ 

(1,023) $
(4,369)
— 
(5,392) $

23,240 
— 
— 
48 
23,288 

$

$

68,554 
12,500 
1,100 
(114)
— 
— 
— 
82,040 

1,191 
572 
3 
23 
1,789 

14,857 

7,103 
21,960 

389 
(1,419)
7 
(1,023)

— 
23,376 
— 
(136)
23,240   

44 

 
  
  
    
    
 
   
      
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

For the years ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net (loss) income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash (used) provide by for operating activities: 

   $

(35,734)    $ 

(5,324 )

$

Depreciation and amortization 
Changes in allowances for doubtful accounts 
Acquisition expenses financed by seller 
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets 
Changes in inventory reserves 
Deferred income taxes 
Amortization of deferred financing cost 
Revaluation of contingent acquisition liability 
Write down of goodwill 
Amortization of debt discount 
Change in value of interest rate swaps 
Loss in non-marketable equity interest 
Share-based compensation 
Deferred gain on sale and lease back 
Reserves for uncertain tax provisions 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable 
(Increase) decrease in inventory 
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses 
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 
Increase (decrease) in accrued expense 
Increase (decrease) in income tax payable on ASV conversion 
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities 
Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities 
Discontinued operations - cash provided by (used) for operating activities 

Net cash (used) for  provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets 
Purchase of property and equipment 
Investment in intangibles other than goodwill 
Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations - cash used for investing activities 

Net cash provided by (used) for investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Borrowings—2014 term loan 
Repayment of 2014 term loan 
Net proceeds from stock offering 
New borrowings—convertible notes 
(Payments) Borrowing on revolving term credit facilities 
Net borrowings (repayments) on working capital facilities 
Investment received from noncontrolling interest 
New borrowings—except 2014 term loan 
Note payments 
Bank fees and cost related to new financing 
Shares repurchased for income tax withholding on share-based compensation 
Proceeds from sale and leaseback 
Excess tax benefits related to vesting of restricted stock 
Proceeds from capital leases 
Payments on capital lease obligations 
Discontinued operations - cash used for financing activities 

Net cash (used) for  provided by financing activities 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

   $

(See Note 15 for other supplemental cash flow information) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

45 

11,241       
(162)      
—       
44       
1,655       
1,178       
4,336       
(915)      
275       
528       
(776)      
5,752       
1,129       
(124)      
54       
14,515       

1,119       
2,174       
(368)      
189       
(4,259)      
(662)      
—       
171       
(1,356)      
(4,192)      
(4,188)      

—       
206       
(1,486)      
(97)      
19,074       
746       
18,443       

—       
(2,200)      
—       
—       
(11,900)      
1,828       
2,450       
30,701       
(43,703)      
(2,155)      
(80)      
4,080       
—       
—       
(510)      
4,735       
(16,754)      
(2,499)      
2,999       
5,918       
6,418     $ 

11,506 
(1)
—  
(136)
792 
(2,074 )
1,204 
—  
—  
743 
(706)
199 
1,481 
301 
60 
1,378 

18,762 
(8,095 )
(3,253 )
111 
8,225 
(2,475 )
(16,231)
(658)
1,403 
(837)
6,375 

(13,747)
518 
(2,327 )
(233)
6,525 
(138)
(9,402 )

14,000 
(11,800)
—  
15,000 
1,045 
(4,274 )
—  
2,446 
(8,119 )
(1,274 )
(75)

—  
—  
(1,446 )
437 
5,940 
2,913 
(1,363 )
4,368 
5,918 

$

6,967  

3,605  
2 
183 
-  
97  
(254 )
259 
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
1,104  
—  
(35 )
—  

(4,671 )
(7,803 )
318 
(123 )
485 
(1,105 )
—  
300 
(30 )
(802 )
(1,503 )

(24,998)
—  
(751 )
—  
—  
(173 )
(25,922)

—  
—  
12,500  
7,500  
3,957  
294 
—  
677 
(947 )
(519 )
(114 )
—  
22  
942 
(1,397 )
3,731  
26,646  
(779 )
(944 )
6,091  
4,368   

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
       
 
 
 
    
       
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
       
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
       
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Note 1. Nature of Operations 

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  lifting  solutions.  The  Company  operates  in  three  business  segments:  the  Lifting 
Equipment segment, the ASV segment and the Equipment Distribution segment. 

Lifting Equipment Segment 

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  lifting  solutions.  The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  distributes  a  diverse 
group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety of industries. Through its Manitex, Inc. subsidiary it markets 
a comprehensive line of boom trucks, truck cranes and sign cranes. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for 
industrial projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction. Badger 
Equipment  Company  (“Badger”)  is  a  manufacturer  of  specialized  rough  terrain  cranes  and  material  handling  products.  Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM Group S.p.A. (“PM”) is a leading Italian manufacturer of truck mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of 
technology  and  innovation,  and  a  product  range  spanning  more  than  50  models.  Its  largest  subsidiary,  Oil &  Steel  (“O&S”),  is  a 
manufacturer of truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international client base.  

Our Valla product line of industrial cranes is a full range of precision pick and carry cranes using electric, diesel, and hybrid power 
options. Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed specifically to 
meet the needs of its customers. The product is sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution channel.  

Sabre Manufacturing, LLC, which is located in Knox, Indiana. Sabre manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks 
for  liquid  and  solid  storage  and  containment  solutions  with  capacities  from  8,000  to  21,000  gallons.  Its  mobile  tanks  are  sold  to 
specialized independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of 
end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

ASV Segment 

The Company acquired 51% of A.S.V., Inc. from Terex Corporation (“Terex”). Subsequent to the acquisition date ASV was converted 
to an LLC and its name was changed to A.S.V., LLC (ASV). ASV is located in Grand Rapids, Minnesota manufactures a line of high 
quality  compact  track  and  skid  steer  loaders.  The  products  are  used  in  the  site  clearing,  general  construction,  forestry,  golf  course 
maintenance and landscaping industries, with general construction being the largest market. The ASV products are distributed through 
independent dealers and the Terex distribution channels, as well as through the Company.  

ASV’s financial results are included in the Company’s consolidated results beginning on December 20, 2014. 

Equipment Distribution Segment 

The Equipment Distribution segment consists of two of the Company’s subsidiaries, Crane and Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) and Crane 
and  Machinery  Leasing,  Inc. (“C&M  Leasing”).    C&M  is a  distributor  of  Terex  rough terrain  and  truck  cranes products  as  well  as 
Manitex’s own products.  C&M offers equipment repair services in the Chicago area and supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium to heavy duty construction equipment both domestically and internationally.  

C&M  Leasing  rents  equipment  manufactured  by  the  Company  as  well  as  a  limited  amount  of  equipment  manufactured  by  third 
parties.       

Discontinued Operations 

CVS  Ferrari,  srl  (“CVS”)  designed  and  manufactured  a  range  of  reach  stackers  and  associated  lifting  equipment  for  the  global 
container handling market.  CVS was sold on December 22, 2016 and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

Manitex Liftking ULC (“Manitex Liftking” or “Liftking”) sold a complete line of rough terrain forklifts, a line of stand-up electric 
forklifts,  cushioned  tiered  forklifts  with  lifting  capacities  from  18 thousand  to  40 thousand  pounds  and  special  mission  oriented 
vehicles,  as  well  as  other  specialized  carriers,  heavy  material  handling  transporters  and  steel  mill  equipment.  Liftking  was  sold  on 
September 30, 2016, and is presented as a discontinued operation.      

46 

 
 
Manitex Load King, LLC (“Load King”) manufactured specialized custom trailers and hauling systems typically used for transporting 
heavy  equipment.  Load  King  trailers  served  niche  markets  in  the  commercial  construction,  railroad,  military  and  equipment  rental 
industries through a dealer network.  Load King was sold on December 28, 2015 and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

Note 2. Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of 
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared 
in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America. The  consolidated  financial  statement 
includes the accounts of Manitex International, Inc., and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated 
in consolidation. ASV, PM and Columbia Tank have been included in the Company’s financial results from their respective effective 
date of acquisition which are December 20, 2014, January 15, 2015 and March 12, 2015, respectively. The Company owns 25% of 
Lift Ventures LLC (“Lift Ventures”) and accounts for it as an unconsolidated equity investment. The investment in Lift Ventures has 
been reflected in the Company’s financial statements on the balance sheet on the line titled “Non-marketable equity investment”.  Lift 
Venture financial results are included from December 16, 2014. 

Financial statements are presented in thousands of dollars except for per share amounts. 

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The summary of significant accounting policies of Manitex International, Inc. is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s 
financial  statements.  The  financial  statements  and  notes  are  representations  of  the  Company’s  management  who  is  responsible  for 
their  integrity  and  objectivity.  These  accounting  policies  conform  to  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  have  been 
consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term securities purchased 
with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash—Certain of the Company’s lending arrangements require the Company to post collateral or maintain minimum cash 
balances  in  escrow.  These  cash  amounts  are  reported  as  current  assets  on  the  balance  sheets  based  on  when  the  cash  will  be 
contractually released. Total restricted cash was $1,308 and $0 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Revenue  Recognition  —Revenue  and  related  costs  are  recognized  when  title  passes  and  risk  of  loss  pass  to  our  customers  which 
generally occurs upon shipment depending upon the terms of the contract. Under certain contracts with our customers title passes to 
the customers when the units are completed. The units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to the customer, 
the customer is notified that the units are complete and awaiting pick up or delivery as specified by the customer before income is 
recognized. Additionally, the customer is requested to sign an “Invoice Authorization Form” which acknowledges the contract terms 
and  acknowledges  that  the  customer  has  economic  ownership  and  control  over  the  unit.  It  also  acknowledges  that  we  are  going  to 
invoice the unit per terms of the contract. The Company insures any custodial risk that it may retain. 

For FOB contracts, customers may be invoiced prior to the time customers take physical possession. Revenue is recognized in such 
cases only when the customer has a fixed commitment to purchase the units, the units have been completed, tested and made available 
to the customer for pickup or delivery, and the customer has authorized in writing that we hold the units for pickup or delivery at a 
time specified by the customer. In such cases, the units are invoiced under our customary billing terms, title to the units and risks of 
ownership  pass  to  the  customer  upon  invoicing,  the  units  are  segregated  from  our  inventory  and  identified  as  belonging  to  the 
customer and we have no further obligations under the order. The Company insures any custodial risk that it may retain. 

In addition, our policy requires in all instances certain minimum criteria be met in order to recognize revenue, specifically: 
a) 
b) 
c) 
d)  We have no significant obligations for future performance. 

Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; 
The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; 
Collectability is reasonably assured; and 

Investment—Equity  Method  of  Accounting  —Our non-marketable  equity  investments  are  investments  we have made  in  privately-
held  companies  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method.  We  periodically  review  our  non-marketable  equity  investments  for 
impairment.  In  September  2016,  the  Company  determined  its  investment  in  Lift  Ventures  was  impaired  and  has  recognized  an 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
impairment  charge  to  write  off  its  entire  investment  in  Lift  Ventures  (See  Note  26).    There  was  no  impairment  related  to  this 
investment in prior periods. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —The Company has adopted a policy consistent with U.S. GAAP for the periodic review of its 
accounts  receivable  to  determine  whether  the  establishment  of  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  warranted  based  on  the 
Company’s assessment of the collectability of the accounts. The Company established an allowance for bad debt of $70 and $228 at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also has in some instances a security interest in its accounts receivable until 
payment is received. 

Property, Equipment and Depreciation —Property and equipment are stated at cost or the fair market value at date of acquisition for 
property  and  equipment  acquired  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  a  company.  Depreciation  of  property  and  equipment  is 
provided over the following useful lives: 

Asset Category 
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 

Depreciable Life 
  12 –33 years 
3 – 15 years 
3 – 7 years 
1 – 33 years 

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures 
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 
and 2014 was $4,904, $4,776 and $1,081, respectively.  

Other  Intangible  Assets  —The  Company  accounts  for  Other  Intangible  Assets  under  the  guidance  of  ASC  350,  “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other”. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the 
purchase  price  related  to  the  Company’s  acquisitions  has  been  assigned  to  patents  or  unpatented  technology,  trade  name,  customer 
backlog,  and  customer  relationships.  Under  the  guidance,  Other  Intangible  Assets  with  definite  lives  are  amortized  over  their 
estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (reportable segment). The Company’s three operating segments comprise 
the reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes. 

Under  ASU  2011-08,  entities  are  provided  with  the  option  of first  performing  a  qualitative  assessment  on none,  some,  or  all  of its 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If 
after completing a qualitative analysis, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than 
its carrying value a quantitative analysis is required. 

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company elected to evaluate the Lifting Equipment and Equipment Distribution reporting unit’s goodwill 
using  the  quantitative  two  step  approach.    Additionally,  in  2016  and  2015  the  Company  evaluated  ASV’s  goodwill  using  the 
quantitative approach. The first step used to identify potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value 
to  its  carrying  value,  including  goodwill.  During  the  first  step  testing,  the  Company  evaluated  goodwill  for  impairment  using  a 
business  valuation  method,  which  is  calculated  as  of  a  measurement  date  by  determining  the  present  value  of  debt-free,  after-tax 
projected  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  of  a  hypothetical  third  party  buyer.  The  market 
approach  was  also  considered  in  evaluating  the  potential  for  impairment  by  calculating  fair  value  based  on  multiples  of  earnings 
before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (EBITDA)  of  comparable,  publicly  traded  companies. This  analysis  did  not 
indicate impairment of the Lifting Equipment or ASV segments’ goodwill.  The Company also observed implied EBITDA multiples 
from relatively recent merger and acquisition activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results.  The 
estimated fair values of the Lifting Equipment reporting segment exceeded its carrying value by approximately 5%.  The fair value of 
the ASV segment exceeded its carrying value by approximately 20%. Except for a possible impairment of the Equipment Distribution 
segment  goodwill  in  2016,  the  aforementioned  step  one  quantitative  testing  did  not  indicate  any  impairment.    As  there  was  an 
indication of possible impairment in 2016, the Equipment Distribution segment’s goodwill was subject to additional step two testing, 
which is described below. 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one 
indicated  impairment. The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  by  measuring  the  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was 
being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the 
reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of 

48 

   
 
 
 
 
  
  
the  goodwill,  an  impairment  charge  is  recorded  for  the  excess. An  impairment  loss  cannot  exceed  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill 
assigned to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. 

This further analysis indicated that the Equipment Distribution segment goodwill was impaired and a $275 impairment charge was 
recognized in 2016 to fully write off the equipment Distribution segment’s goodwill.  

The  determination  of  fair  value  requires  the  Company  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and 
assumptions  primarily  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  revenue  growth  and  operating  earnings  projections,  discount  rates,  terminal 
growth rates, and required capital expenditure projections.  Our projections make certain assumptions including expanding PM market 
share in North America, a normalization of energy markets over time and a continued expansion of dealer networks, particularly for 
ASV.    If  our  progress  in  meeting  these  and  other  assumptions  is  slower  or  different  than  what  was  anticipated,  it  may  impact  our 
ability  to  meet  the  projections.    Due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  involved  in  making  these  estimates,  actual  results  could  differ 
materially from those estimates. Deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with the projections (including not meeting 
near term projections) may result in an impairment in the near term. In the event, the Company determines that goodwill is impaired in 
the future the Company would need to recognize a non-cash impairment charge. 

Impairment of Long Lived Assets —The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of its long-lived assets, including intangible 
assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash 
flows  are  less  than  the  carrying  value. Future  cash  flow  projections  include  assumptions  for  future  sales  levels,  the  impact  of  cost 
reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized 
would be calculated as the difference between estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. The Company did not have any 
impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

Inventory  —Inventory  consists  of  stock  materials  and  equipment  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  (first  in,  first  out)  or  market.  All 
equipment classified as inventory is available for sale. The company records excess and obsolete inventory reserves. The estimated 
reserve  is  based  upon  specific  identification  of  excess  or  obsolete  inventories.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  are 
expensed as incurred and are not capitalized as a component of inventory. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions —The financial statements of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated 
using the current exchange rate for assets and liabilities and the weighted-average exchange rate for the year for income and expense 
items.  Resulting  translation  adjustments  are  recorded  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (OCI)  as  a  component  of 
shareholders’ equity. 

The Company converts receivables and payables denominated in other than the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate as 
of  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  resulting  transaction  exchange  gains  or  losses,  except  for  certain  transaction  gains  or  loss  related  to 
intercompany  receivable  and  payables,  are  included  in  other  income  and  expense.  Transaction  gains  and  losses  related  to 
intercompany receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of 
net  income  and  are  recorded  as  a  translation  adjustment  (with  consideration  to  the  tax  effect)  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income (OCI) as a component of shareholders’ equity. 

Derivatives—Forward Currency Exchange Contracts —When the Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts it does 
so in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities that are being hedged which are denominated in 
other  than  the  reporting  units’  functional  currency  would  be  offset  by  the  changes  in  the  market  value  of  the  forward  currency 
exchange  contracts  it  holds. The  forward  currency  exchange  contracts  that  the  Company  has  to offset  existing  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency have been determined not to be considered a hedge under ASC 815-
10. The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its market value with any associated 
gain or loss being recorded in current earnings. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses related to forward currency contracts are 
included in current earnings and are reflected in the Statement of Operations in the other income expense section on the line titled 
foreign currency transaction gain (loss). 

The  forward  currency  contracts  to  hedge  future  sales  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  under  ASC  815-10.  As  required,  forward 
currency contracts are recognized as an asset or liability at fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For derivative 
instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as 
a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period or periods during which  the  hedged 
transaction  affects  earnings  (date  of  sale).  Gains  or  losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  when  recognized  into  income  are  included  in  net 
revenues. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts—The Company enters into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk related to 
certain foreign term loans. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 

49 

  
remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  current  earnings 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which case the effective portion of the gain 
or loss is recognized and is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period 
or periods during which the hedging instrument affects earnings (date of sale). As part of the acquisition of PM Group, which was 
acquired  on  January 15,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  which  manage  the  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk 
related  to  term  loans  with  certain  financial  institutions  in  Italy.  These  contracts  have  been  determined  not  to  be  hedge  instruments 
under ASC 815-10. 

Credit Risk Concentrations —Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist 
primarily of cash, trade receivables and payables. The Company maintains its cash balances principally at banks located in Chicago, 
Illinois  and  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania  as  well  as  several  separate  Italian  banks. At  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  had 
uninsured balances of $3,755 and $4,978, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, no customers accounted for 10% or more of total Company’s accounts receivable. 

In  2016,  2015  and  2014,  no  one  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  total  company’s  revenues.    For  2016,  2015  and  2014 
purchases from any single supplier did not exceed 10% of total purchases. 

Research and Development Expenses— The Company expenses research and development costs, as incurred. For the periods ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 expenses were $4,877, $4,983 and $1,084, respectively. 

Advertising —Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $1,083, $847 and $428 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Retirement Benefit Costs and Termination Benefits —Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an 
expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the 
cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of 
each annual reporting period. Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the changes to the asset ceiling (if 
applicable)  and  the  return  on  plan  assets  (excluding  interest),  is  reflected  immediately  in  the  statement  of  financial  position  with  a 
charge or  credit  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  period  in  which  they occur.  Remeasurement  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is 
recognized in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning 
of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Defined benefit costs are categorized as follows: 

 

 

 

service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements); 

net interest expense or income; and 

remeasurement. 

Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs. The retirement benefit obligation recognized in the consolidated 
statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in PM Group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from 
this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in 
future  contributions  to  the  plans.  A  liability  for  a  termination  benefit  is  recognized  at  the  earlier  of  when  the  entity  can  no  longer 
withdraw the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognizes any related restructuring costs. 

Litigation Claims —In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then record an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel. 

Shipping and Handling —The Company records the amount of shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue. The cost 
incurred for shipping and handling is included in the cost of sales. 

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  certain  reported  amounts  and  disclosures. 
Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

50 

 
 
Income  Taxes  —The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under  the  provisions  of  ASC  740  “  Income  Taxes,”  which  requires 
recognition  of  income  taxes  based  on  amounts  payable  with  respect  to  the  current  year  and  the  effects  of  deferred  taxes  for  the 
expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this 
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of 
assets and liabilities, as well as for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which 
the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not 
a tax benefit will not be realized. 

ASC 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return,  as  well  as  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.  The  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  the  generation  of  future 
taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. See Note 14, Income Taxes, for further details. 

Accrued Warranties —Warranty costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s products are typically sold with 
a  warranty  covering  defects  that  arise  during  a  fixed  period  of  time.  The  specific  warranty  offered  is  a  function  of  customer 
expectations and competitive forces. The Equipment Distribution segment does not accrue for warranty costs at the time of sales, as 
they are reimbursed by the manufacturers for any warranty that they provide to their customers. 

A  liability  for  estimated  warranty  claims  is  accrued  at  the  time  of  sale.  The  liability  is  established  using  historical  warranty  claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. The current provision may be adjusted to take into 
account  unusual  or  non-recurring  events  in  the  past  or  anticipated  changes  in  future  warranty  claims.  Adjustments  to  the  initial 
warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to 
ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential warranty liability. 

Debt Issuance Costs —Debt issuance costs incurred in securing the Company’s financing arrangements are capitalized and amortized 
over  the  term  of  the  associated  debt.  Deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  long-term  debt  are  presented  in  the  balance  sheet  as 
direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discount.  Deferred financing costs associated 
with revolving lines of credit are included with other long-term assets on the Company’s balance sheet. 

Sale and Leaseback —In accordance with ASC 840-40 Sales-Leaseback Transactions, the Company has recorded deferred revenue in 
relationship to the sale and leaseback of one of the Company’s operating facilities and on certain equipment.   As such, the deferred 
gains have been deferred and are being amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the leases. 

Computation  of  EPS  —Basic  Earnings  per  Share  (“EPS”)  was  computed  by  dividing  net  income  (loss)  by  the  weighted  average 
number of common shares outstanding during the period. 

The number of shares related to options, warrants, restricted stock, convertible debt and similar instruments included in diluted EPS 
(“EPS”) is based on the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in ASC 260-10, Earnings per Share. This method assumes theoretical 
repurchase  of  shares  using  proceeds  of  the  respective  stock  option  or  warrant  exercised,  and  for  restricted  stock  the  amount  of 
compensation cost attributed to future services which has not yet been recognized and the amount of current and deferred tax benefit, 
if  any,  that  would  be  credited  to  additional  paid  in  capital  upon  the  vesting  of  the  restricted  stock,  at  a  price  equal  to  the  issuer’s 
average  stock  price  during  the  related  earnings  period.  Accordingly,  the  number  of  shares  includable  in  the  calculation  of  EPS  in 
respect  of  the  stock  options,  warrants,  restricted  stock,  convertible  debt  and  similar  instruments  is  dependent  on  this  average  stock 
price and will increase as the average stock price increases. 

Stock Based Compensation —In accordance with ASC 718 Compensation-Stock Compensation, share-based payments to employees, 
including  grants  of  restricted  stock  units,  are  measured  at  fair  value  as  of  the  date  of  grant  and  are  expensed  in  the  consolidated 
statement of income over the service period (generally the vesting period). 

Comprehensive  Income  —“Reporting  Comprehensive  Income”  requires  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components.  Comprehensive  income  includes,  in  addition  to  net  earnings,  other  items  that  are  reported  as  direct  adjustments  to 
shareholder’s  equity.  Currently,  the  comprehensive  income  adjustment  required  for  the  Company  has  two  components.  First  is  a 
foreign  currency  translation  adjustment,  the  result  of  consolidating  its  foreign  subsidiary.  The  second  component  is  a  derivative 
instrument fair market value adjustment (net of income taxes) related to forward currency contracts designated as a cash flow hedge. 

51 

For  derivative  instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges,  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the 
derivative  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period  or  periods 
during which the hedged transaction affects earnings (date of sale). See Note 6 for additional details. 

Reclassifications  —Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  2015  and  2014  financial  statements  to  conform  to  the  2016 
presentation. 

Business  Combinations  —The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  guidance  found  in  ASC 805,  Business 
Combinations. The guidance requires consideration given, including contingent consideration, assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
to  be  valued  at  their  fair  market  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  guidance  further  provides  that:  (1) in-process  research  and 
development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset; (2) acquisition costs will generally be expensed as 
incurred, (3) restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; 
and (4) changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect 
income tax expense. 

ASC 805 requires that any excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities 
assumed  be  recognized  as  goodwill.  In  accordance  with  ASC  805,  any  excess  of  fair  value  of  acquired  net  assets,  including 
identifiable  intangibles  assets,  over  the  acquisition  consideration  results  in  a  bargain  purchase  gain.  Prior  to  recording  a  gain,  the 
acquiring entity must reassess whether all acquired assets and assumed liabilities have been identified and recognized and perform re-
measurements to verify that the consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. 

52 

 
 
Note 4. Earnings per Common Share 

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for 
the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of restricted stock units. Details of the calculations are as follows: 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders of Manitex
   International, Inc. 

  $
Net (loss) income from continuing operations 
Less: loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest     

(21,775)  $
574     

(5,261 )   $ 
(48 )     

7,043 
136 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations 
   attributable to shareholders of Manitex International,
   Inc. 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued 
   operations, net of income taxes 
(Loss) on sale of discontinued operations , net of income 
   tax benefit 

Net (loss) income attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 

(21,201)   

(5,309 )     

7,179 

556     

1,315       

(14,515)   

(1,378 )     

(76)

— 

  $

(35,160)  $

(5,372 )   $ 

7,103 

(Loss) earnings per share 

Basic 

(Loss) earnings from continuing operations attributable 
   to shareholders' of Manitex International, Inc. 
(Loss) earnings from operations of discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc., net of tax 
(Loss) on sale of discontinued operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc., net of tax    $
(Loss) earnings attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

  $

  $

  $

Diluted 

(Loss) earnings from continuing operations attributable 
   to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 
(Loss) earnings from operations of discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc., net of tax 
(Loss) on sale of discontinued operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc., net of tax    $
(Loss) earnings attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

  $

  $

  $

(1.31)  $

(0.33 )   $ 

0.52 

0.03    $

0.08     $ 

(0.01)

(0.90)  $

(0.09 )   $ 

— 

(2.18)  $

(0.34 )   $ 

0.51 

(1.31)  $

(0.33 )   $ 

0.52 

0.03    $

0.08     $ 

(0.01)

(0.90)  $

(0.09 )   $ 

— 

(2.18)  $

(0.34 )   $ 

0.51 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 
Basic 
Dilutive effect of warrants 
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units 

    16,133,284      15,970,074        13,858,189 

    16,133,284      15,970,074        13,858,189 
— 
46,100 
    16,133,284      15,970,074        13,904,289  

—       
—       

—     
—     

There are 342,004 and 118,773 restricted stock units which are anti-dilutive and therefore are not included in the average number of 
diluted shares shown above for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements  

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value by level with the fair 
value hierarchy.  As required by ASC 820-10, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Except as noted the below assets and liabilities are valued at fair market on a 
recurring basis,  

53 

  
  
 
   
    
 
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
     
       
 
  
   
     
       
 
   
     
       
 
   
     
       
 
   
     
       
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
The following is a summary of items that the Company measured at fair value during the periods: 

Liabilities: 
Forward currency exchange contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
PM contingent liabilities 
Valla contingent consideration 
Total liabilities at fair value 

Assets: 
Forward currency exchange contracts 
Total current assets at fair value 

Liabilities: 
Forward currency exchange contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
PM contingent liabilities 
Convertible debt- Perella  ( See Note 13) (nonrecurring) 
Valla contingent consideration 
Total liabilities at fair value 

Fair Value at December 31, 2016 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—    $

159    $ 
405      
—      
—      
564    $ 

—     $
—      
316      
193      
509     $

159 
405 
316 
193 
1,073 

Fair Value at December 31, 2015 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—    $
—    $

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—    $

600    $ 
600    $ 

—     $
—     $

600 
600 

74    $ 
1,177      
—      
14,286      
—      
15,537    $ 

—     $
—      
1,187      
—      
199      
1,386     $

74 
1,177 
1,187 
14,286 
199 
16,923  

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $

  $

The carrying value of the amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and 
short-term  variable  debt,  including  any  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facilities  and  working  capital 
borrowing, approximate fair value due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding. 

The book and fair value of the Company’s term debt was $58,123 and $58,123 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and $75,446 
and $75,446 for the year ending December 31, 2015. The book and fair value of the Company’s capital leases was $6,342 and $8,386 
for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $6,854 and $9,214 for the year ending December 31, 2015. There is no difference between 
the book value and the fair value for amount recorded in connection with a long-term legal settlement, which was $926 and $960 for 
the periods ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Fair Value Measurements 

ASC 820-10 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy: 

Level 1  -   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets 

or liabilities; 

Level 2  -   Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially 

the full term of the asset or liability; and

Level 3  -   Prices  or  valuation  techniques  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  and 

unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity)

Fair value of the forward currency contracts are determined on the last day of each reporting period using observable inputs, which are 
supplied to the Company by the foreign currency trading operation of its bank and are Level 2 items. 

Note 6. Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company’s risk management objective is to use the most efficient and effective methods available to us to minimize, eliminate, 
reduce  or  transfer  the  risks  which  are  associated  with  fluctuation  of  exchange  rates  between  the  Euro,  Chilean  Peso  and  the  U.S. 
dollar. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
    
 
   
     
      
      
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
    
 
   
     
      
      
 
   
     
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
Forward Currency Contracts 

When  the  Company  receives  a  significant  order  in  other  than  the  operating  unit’s  functional  currency,  management  may  evaluate 
different options that are available to mitigate future currency exchange risks. The decision to hedge future sales is not automatic and 
is decided case by case. The Company only uses hedge instruments to hedge firm existing sales orders and not estimated exposure, 
when management determines that exchange risks exceed desired risk tolerance levels. The forward currency contracts used to hedge 
future sales are designated as cash flow hedges under ASC 815-10 provided certain criteria are met.   For derivative instruments that 
are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of 
other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects 
earnings  (date of sale). Gains  or  losses  on  cash flow  hedges  when  recognized  into  income  are  included  in net  revenues. Gains  and 
losses on the derivative instruments representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of 
effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. The Company expects minimal ineffectiveness as the Company has hedged only firm 
sales orders and has not hedged estimated exposures.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no outstanding forward currency 
contracts  that  were  in  place  to  hedge  future  sales.  Therefore,  there  are  currently  no  unrealized  pre-tax  gains  or  loss  which  will 
reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings during the next 12 months.   

At times , the Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the 
assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency would be offset by the changes in the market 
value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds. The forward currency exchange contracts that the Company has to offset 
existing  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  other  than  the  reporting  units’  functional  currency  have  been  determined  not  to  be 
considered a hedge under ASC 815-10. The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its 
market value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses related 
to  forward  currency  contracts  are  included  in  current  earnings  and  are  reflected  in  the  Statement  of  Income  in  the  other  income 
expense  section  on  the  line  titled  foreign  currency  transaction  gains  (losses).  Items  denominated  in  other  than  a  reporting  unit 
functional currency include certain intercompany receivables due from the Company’s Italian subsidiaries and accounts receivable and 
accounts payable of our Italian subsidiaries and their subsidiaries 

PM Group has an intercompany receivable denominated in Euros from its Chilean subsidiary.  At December 31, 2016, the Company 
had  entered  into  a  forward  currency  exchange  contract  that  matures  on  January  27,  2017.    Under  the  contract  the  Company  is 
obligated to sell 1,800,000 Chilean pesos for 2,392 euros. The purpose of the forward contract is to mitigate the income effect related 
to this intercompany receivable that results with a change in exchange rate between the Euro and the Chilean peso. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts 

The Company uses financial instruments available on the market, including derivatives, solely to minimize its cost of borrowing and 
hedge the risk of interest rate and exchange rate fluctuation. In January 2009, prior to the January 15, 2015 acquisition date, PM Group 
entered into contracts in order to hedge the interest rate risk related to its term loans. The remaining contract signed by PM Group, 
with an original notional amount of € 20,000 (€ 20,000 at December 31, 2016, maturing on February 3, 2017 with interest payable 
every February 3 and August 3 each year. PM Group pays interest at a rate of 3.48% and receives from the counterparties interest at 
the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“Euribor”) for the period in question. 

An additional contract was signed by PM Group, for an original notional amount of € 482 (€ 389 at December 31, 2016), maturing on 
October 1, 2020 with interest paid monthly.   PM pays interest at a rate of 3.90% and receives from the counterparties interest at the 
“Euribor” rate for the period in question if greater than 0.90%. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had the following forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps: 

Nature of Derivative 
Forward currency sales 
   contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 

Currency 

Amount 

Type 

   Chilean peso 
   Euro 

1,800,000  Not designated as hedge instrument
20,414  Not designated as hedge instrument

55 

 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
The  following  table  provides  the  location  and  fair  value  amounts  of  derivative  instruments  that  are  reported  in  the  Consolidated 
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 

Total derivatives not designated as a hedge instrument 

Asset Derivatives 
Foreign currency exchange contracts 
Foreign currency exchange contracts 
Total derivative assets 

Liabilities Derivatives 
Foreign currency Exchange Contracts 
Foreign currency Exchange Contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
Total derivative liabilities 

Balance Sheet Location 

Prepaid expense and other
Current assets of discontinued operations 

Fair Value 
Years Ended 
December 31, 
  2016 
   2015 
 $  —   $ 595
  —   
5
 $  —   $ 600

Accrued expense 
Current liabilities of discontinued operations   —    
Notes payable-Short term 

 $  159   $ —
74
    405     1,177
 $  564   $ 1,251  

The following tables provide the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Income for 2016, 2015 and 2014: 

Derivatives not designated as Hedge Instrument 

Forward currency contracts 

Forward currency contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
Total derivatives (loss) gain 

Derivatives designated as Hedge Instrument 

Location of gain or (loss) 
recognized 
in Income Statement

Foreign currency 
transaction gains (losses) $
Loss from operations of
discontinued operations   
Interest expense 

 $

Location of gain or (loss) 
recognized 
in Income Statement

Gain or (loss) 
2015 

2014 

2016 

(483 )  $ 

395    $ 

235 

54      
(41 )    
(470 )  $ 

(430 )    
(56 )  
(91 )  $ 

(125)
— 
110 

Gain or (loss) 
2015 

2014 

2016 

Forward currency contracts 

Net revenue 

 $

—    $ 

—    $ 

(26)

During 2015 and 2016, there were no forward currency contracts designated as cash flow hedges.  As such, all gains and loss related 
to  forward  currency  contracts  during  2016  and  2015  were  recorded  in  current  earnings  and  did  not  impact  other  comprehensive 
income. 

Note 7. Inventory 

The components of inventory at December 31, are summarized as follows: 

Raw materials and purchased parts 
Work in process 
Finished goods and replacement parts 
Inventories, net 

2016 

2015 

62,252    $ 
4,396    $ 
24,253    $ 
90,901    $ 

72,179  
5,017  
22,650  
99,846  

  $

  $

The Company has established reserves for obsolete and excess inventory of $2,515 and $1,003  as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. 

56 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
  
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
 
Note 8. Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following: 

Land 
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Computer software & equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Construction in progress 

Totals 

Less: accumulated depreciation 

Net property and equipment 

2016 

2015 

  $

  $

4,359    $ 
21,980      
20,248      
483      
1,834      
1,246      
444      
54      
50,648      
(13,407)     
37,241    $ 

4,458  
22,040  
19,583  
580  
1,708  
1,066  
527  
326  
50,288  
(8,907 )
41,381   

Depreciation  expense  was  $4,904  (net  of  $106  amortization  of  deferred  gain  on  building),  $4,776  (net  of  $281  amortization  of 
deferred gain on building), and $1,081 (net of $380 amortization of deferred gain on building) in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 
See Note 12 for information regarding capital leases. 

Note 9. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The  Company  accounts  for  Other  Intangible  Assets  under  the  guidance  in  ASC  350,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other.  Under  the 
guidance  intangible  assets  with  definite  lives  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  Indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  are 
subject to annual impairment testing. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial 
portion of the purchase price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, 
customer backlog and customer relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted cash flow 
approach. Intangibles, except goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. 

Intangible assets were comprised of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

2016 

2015 

Patented and unpatented technology 
Amortization 
Customer relationships 
Amortization 

Trade names and trademarks 
Amortization 
Non-competition agreements 
Amortization 
Customer backlog 
Amortization 
Total Intangible assets 

  $

  $

25,409    $
(12,630)   
38,444     
(10,851)   

18,892     
(2,463)   
50     
(42)   
370     
(370)   
56,809    $

25,559     
(10,406 )   
38,786     
(7,383 )   

19,086     
(1,979 )   
50     
(38 )   
371     
(371 )   
63,675     

     Useful Lives 
10 years

5-20 years

25 years -
Indefinite

2-5 years

< 1 year

Amortization expense was $6,337, $6,730 and $2,524 for the periods ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years and subsequent is as follows: 

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
And subsequent 

Total intangibles currently to be amortized 

  $

57 

Amount 

6,268   
6,232   
6,060   
6,027   
4,059   
21,100   
49,746   

 
  
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
Changes in the Company’s goodwill by business segment were as follows: 

Balance December 31, 2014 
Goodwill for PM Group Acquisition 
Effects of change in exchange rate 
Balance December 31, 2015 
Goodwill write-off 
Effects of change in exchange rate 
Balance December 31, 2016 

Note 10. Accounts Payable and Accrual Detail 

Equipment 
Lifting 
Segment

Equipment 
Distribution 
Segment

ASV 
Segment 

  $

  $

  $

12,887  $
30,173 
(2,577)
40,483  $
—     
(814)    
39,669  $

 $ 

275 
— 
— 
275 
 $ 
(275)     
—      
 $ 
— 

30,579    $
—   
—   
30,579    $
—      
—      
30,579    $

Total 

43,741 
30,173 
(2,577)
71,337 
(275)
(814)
70,248  

Accounts payable: 
Trade 
Bank overdraft 

Total  accounts payable 

Accrued expenses: 
Accrued payroll 
Accrued employee benefits 
Accrued bonuses 
Accrued vacation expense 
Accrued interest 
Accrued commissions 
Accrued expenses—other 
Accrued warranty 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued taxes other than income taxes 
Accrued product liability and workers compensation claims 

Total accrued expenses 

As of December 31, 

2016 

2015 

44,308      
1,470      
45,778      

1,241    $ 
1,279      
741      
1,344      
1,831      
391      
2,223      
3,438      
—      
1,950      
2,220      
16,658    $ 

52,406  
1,195  
53,601  

1,960  
1,109  
871  
1,460  
924  
491  
1,407  
3,508  
451  
3,138  
2,389  
17,708  

 $

 $

  $

  $

Note 11. Revolving Term Credit Facilities and Debt 

U.S.  Credit Facilities  

At  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  and  its  U.S.  subsidiaries  have  a  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  as  amended,  (the  “Loan 
Agreement”) with The Private Bank and Trust Company (“Private Bank”).  The Loan Agreement provides a revolving credit facility 
with a maturity date of July 20, 2019.   The aggregate amount of the facility is $25,000.  

The maximum borrowing available to the Company under the Loan Agreement is limited to: (1) 85% of eligible receivables; plus (2) 
50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market subject to a $17,500 limit; plus (3) 80% of eligible used equipment, as 
defined, valued at the lower of cost or market subject to a $2,000 limit.  At December 31, 2016, the maximum the Company could 
borrow based on available collateral was capped at $22,296.  At December 31, 2016, the Company had borrowed $19,957 under this 
facility.  Effective  April  30,  2017  the  Company’s  collateral  is  subject  to  a  $5,000  reserve  until  the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  ratio 
exceeds  1.10  to  1.00.    The  indebtedness  under  the  Loan  Agreement  is  collateralized  by  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets, 
except for the assets of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. 

The Loan Agreement provides that the Company can opt to pay interest on the revolving credit at either a base rate plus a spread, or a 
LIBOR rate plus a spread.  The base rate spread ranges from 0.25% to 1.00% depending on the Senior Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 
Loan Agreement), but is fixed at 1.00% until January 20, 2017.  The LIBOR spread ranges from 2.25% to 3.00% also depending on the 
Senior  Leverage  Ratio,  but  is  fixed  at  3.00%  until  January  20,  2017.    Funds  borrowed  under  the  LIBOR  option  can  be  borrowed  for 
periods of one, two, or three months and are limited to four LIBOR contracts outstanding at any time. 

58 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
  
      
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The underlying reference rate for our base rated borrowings at December 31, 2016 was 3.75%.  At December 31, 2016, the Company had 
two outstanding advances with interest tied to LIBOR.  The contracts had underlying LIBOR rates of 0.566% and .0749%.   In addition, 
Private Bank assesses a 0.50% unused line fee that is payable monthly.  

The Loan Agreement subjects the Company and its domestic subsidiaries to an Adjusted EBITDA covenant (as defined) of $1,200 at 
December 31, 2016. Effective March 31, 2017, the Company is subjected to a quarterly EBITDA covenant (as defined) of $(1,000), 
$0  at  June  30,  2017,  and  $2,000  for  all  quarters  starting  September  30,  2017  through  the  end  of  the  agreement.  Additionally,  the 
Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  a  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  ratio  of  1.05  to  1.00  measured  on  an  annual  basis 
beginning December 31, 2017, followed by a Fixed Charge Coverage ratio of 1.15 to 1.00 measured quarterly starting March 31, 2018 
(based on a trailing twelve month basis) through the term of the agreement.  The Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and 
negative  covenants,  including  covenants  that  limit  or  restrict  the  Company’s  ability  to,  among  other  things,  incur  additional 
indebtedness,  grant  liens,  merge  or  consolidate,  dispose  of  assets,  make  investments,  make  acquisitions,  pay  dividends  or  make 
distributions, repurchase stock, in each case subject to customary exceptions for a credit facility of this size.   

The Loan Agreement has a Letter of Credit facility of $3,000, which is fully reserved against availability. 

Note Payables—Terex 

December 19, 2014, the Company executed a note payable to Terex Corporation for $1,594. The note matures on June 19, 2017 and 
has an annual interest rate of 4.5%. Interest is payable semi-annually beginning on June 19, 2015. The note was issued in connection 
with  acquisition  of  51%  interest  in  ASV  from  Terex  Corporation.  The  note  has  an  outstanding  balance  of  $1,594  at  December 31, 
2016. 

ASV Loan Facilities 

On  December  23,  2016,  ASV  completed  a  new  unitranche  credit  agreement  with  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  (“PNC”),  and 
White Oak Global Advisors, LLC (“White Oak”) to provide a $65,000, 5-year credit facility. This new facility replaces the ASV’s 
previous revolving credit and term loan facilities with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC. The 
new  facility  consists  of  a  $35,000  revolving  credit  facility  (which  is  subject  to  availability  based  primarily  on  eligible  accounts 
receivable and eligible inventory), a Term Loan A facility of $8,500 and a Term Loan B facility of $21,500.   

Revolving Loan Facility with PNC 

On December 23, 2016, ASV entered into a $35,000 revolving loan facility with PNC as the administrative agent, which loan facility 
includes two sub-facilities: (i) a $2,000 letter of credit sub-facility, and (ii) a $3,500 swing loan sub-facility, each of which is fully 
reserved against availability under the revolving loan facility. The facility matures on December 23, 2021. 

The $35,000 revolving loan facility is a secured financing facility under which borrowing availability is limited to existing collateral 
as defined in the agreement.  The maximum amount available is limited to (i) the sum of (a) 85% of Eligible Receivables, plus (b) 
90%  of  Eligible  Insured  Foreign  Receivables,  plus  (c)    the  lesser  of  (I)  95%  of  Eligible  CAT  Receivables,  or  $8,600    plus  (ii)  the 
lesser of (A) the sum of (I) up to 65% of the value of the Eligible Inventory (other than Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods 
machines and service parts that are current), plus (II) 80% of the value of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods machines, 
plus (III) 75% of the value of Eligible Inventory consisting of service parts that are current) or, (B) up to 90% of the appraised net 
orderly  liquidation  value  of  Eligible  Inventory.  Inventory  collateral  is  capped  at  $15,000  less  outstanding  letters  of  credit  and  any 
reasonable reserves as established by the bank. At December 31, 2016, the maximum ASV could borrow based on available collateral 
was capped at $19,154.   

At December 31, 2016, ASV had drawn $15,605 under the $35,000 PNC Credit Agreement. ASV can opt to pay interest  at either a 
domestic rate plus a spread, or a LIBOR rate plus a spread.  The initial spread for domestic and LIBOR is fixed at 1.5% and 2.5% until 
delivery  of  certain  reporting  documents  with  respect  to  the  fiscal  quarter  ending  March  31,  2017,  respectively.  At  which  point  the 
spread  for  domestic  rate  will  range  from  1%  to  1.5%  and  LIBOR  spread  from  2%  to  2.5%  depending  on  the  average  undrawn 
availability (as defined in the loan agreement).    Funds borrowed under the LIBOR options can be borrowed for periods of one, two, 
or  three  months.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  for  the  period  ending  December  31,  2016,  was  3.6%.    Additionally,  the  bank 
assesses a 0.375% unused line fee that is payable monthly. 

59 

 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term Loan A with PNC 

On December 23, 2016 ASV entered into a $8,500 term loan (“Term Loan A”) facility with PNC as the administrative agent.  

At December 31, 2016, ASV had an outstanding balance of $8,500 (less $90 debt issuance cost, for net debt of $8,410). ASV can opt 
to pay interest at either a domestic rate plus a spread, or a LIBOR rate plus a spread.  The initial spread for domestic and LIBOR rates 
are initially fixed at 2% and 3% until delivery of certain reporting documents with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017, 
respectively. At which point the spread for domestic rate will range from 1% to 1.5% and LIBOR spread from 2% to 2.5% depending 
on the average undrawn availability (as defined in the loan agreement).  Funds borrowed under the LIBOR options can be borrowed 
for periods of one, two, or three months. The weighted average interest rate for the period ending December 31, 2016, was 4.76%. 

 ASV  is  obligated  to  make  quarterly  principal  payments  of  $212  commencing  on  March  31,  2017.  Any  unpaid  principal  is  due  on 
maturity, which is December 23, 2021.   Interest is payable monthly beginning on December 31, 2016. 

Term Loan B with White Oak 

On December 23, 2016 ASV entered into a $21,500 term loan (“Term Loan B”) facility with White Oak as the administrative agent.  

At  December 31,  2016,  ASV  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $21,500  (less  $648  debt  issuance  cost,  for  net  debt  of  $20,852).    The 
interest rate is fixed at a LIBOR rate plus 10% until delivery of the same reporting documents referenced above.  After delivery of the 
reporting documents, ASV will pay interest at the LIBOR rate plus a spread of either 9% or 10% depending on the leverage ratio, 
provided that at no time will the LIBOR rate be less than 1%. The interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 11%.  

ASV  is  obligated  to  make  quarterly  principal  payments  of  $538  commencing  on  March  31,  2017.  Any  unpaid  principal  is  due  on 
maturity, which is December 23, 2021.  Interest is payable monthly beginning on December 31, 2016. 

ASV Covenants 

ASV indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of ASV’s assets and the respective equity interests of ASV’s members. The 
facilities contain customary limitations including, but not limited to, limitations on additional indebtedness, acquisitions, and payment 
of  dividends.  ASV  is  also  required  to  comply  with  certain  financial  covenants  as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreements.  The  revolving 
credit  facility  and  the  term  loans  require  ASV  to  maintain  a  Minimum  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  ratio  of  not  less  than  1.20  to  1.0.  
Additionally, the term loans require ASV not exceed a Leverage Ratio of 5.00 to 1.00  which shall step down to 2.85 to 1.00 on March 
31, 2021 and also  limits capital expenditures to  $1,300 in any fiscal year.  

PM Group Short-Term Working Capital Borrowings 

At December 31, 2016, PM Group had established demand credit and overdraft facilities with seven Italian banks and six banks in 
South America. Under the facilities, PM Group can borrow up to approximately €23,409 ($24,701) for advances against invoices, and 
letter of credit and bank overdrafts. Interest on the Italian working capital facilities is charged at the 3-month or 6-month Euribor plus 
200 basis points, while interest on overdraft facilities is charged at the 3 month Euribor plus 350 basis points. Interest on the South 
American facilities is charged at a flat rate of points for advances on invoices ranging from 8% - 30%. 

At December 31, 2016, the Italian banks had advanced PM Group €17,491 ($18,456), at variable interest rates, which currently range 
from  1.43%  to  1.78%.  At  December  31,  2016,  the  South  American  banks  had  advanced  PM  Group  €772  ($815).  Total  short-term 
borrowings for PM Group were €18,263 (19,271) at December 31, 2016. 

PM Group Term Loans  
At December 31, 2016, PM Group has a €12,041 ($12,706) term loan with two Italian banks, BPER and Unicredit. The term loan is 
split  into  three  separate  notes  and  is  secured  by  PM  Group’s  common  stock.    Debt  issuance  costs  offset  against  these  term  loans 
totaled €408 ($431) at December 31, 2016. 

The first note has an outstanding principal balance of €3,970 ($4,189), is charged interest at the 6-month Euribor plus 236 basis points, 
effective  rate  of  2.14%  at  December  31,  2016.  The  note  is  payable  in  semi-annual  installments  beginning  June  2017  and  ending 
December 2021. The second note has an outstanding principal balance of €4,865 ($5,134), is charged interest at the 6-month Euribor 
plus 286 basis points, effective rate of 2.64% at December 31, 2016. The note is payable in semi-annual installments beginning June 
2017 and ending December 2021. The third note has an outstanding principal balance of €3,206 ($3,383) and is non-interest bearing. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The  note  is  payable  in  semi-annual  installments  beginning  June  2016  and  ending  December  2017  and  a  final  balloon  payment  in 
December 2022. 

An  adjustment  in  the  purchase  accounting  to  value  the  non-interest  bearing  debt  at  its  fair  market  value  was  made.  At  January 15, 
2015 it was determined that the fair value of the debt was €1,460 or $1,641 less than the book value. This reduction is not reflected in 
the above descriptions of PM debt. This discount is being amortized over the life of the debt and being charged to interest expense. As 
of December 31, 2016 the remaining balance was €792 or $836 and has been offset to the debt. 

PM Group is subject to certain financial covenants as defined by the debt restructuring agreement with BPER and Unicredit including 
maintaining  (1) Net  debt  to  EBITDA,  (2) Net  debt  to  equity,  and  (3) EBITDA  to  net  financial  charges  ratios.  The  covenants  are 
measured on a semi-annual basis. 

At  December  31,  2016  PM  Group  has  unsecured  borrowings  with  four  Italian  banks  totaling  €13,015  ($13,733).  Interest  on  the 
unsecured  notes  is  charged  at  the  3-month  Euribor  plus  250  basis  points,  effective  rate  of  2.18%  at  December  31,  2016.  Principal 
payments  are  due  on  a  semi-annual  basis  beginning  June  2019  and  ending  December  2021.  Accrued  interest  on  these  borrowings 
through the date of acquisition at January 15, 2015, totaled €358 ($378) and is payable in semi-annual installments beginning June 
2019 and ending December 2019. 

At December 31, 2016 Autogru PM RO, a subsidiary of PM Group, has two notes. The first note is payable in 60 monthly principal 
installments  of  €8  ($9),  plus  interest  at  the  1-month  Euribor  plus  300  basis  points,  effective  rate  of  3.00%  at  December 31,  2016, 
maturing October 2020. At December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €389 ($410). The second new note 
is payable in one instalment in June 2017 is charged interest at the 1-month Euribor plus 250 basis points, effective rate of 2.50% at 
December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €440 ($464). 

PM has interest rate swaps with a fair market value at December 31, 2016 of €384 or $405 which has been included in debt.  

Schedule of Debt Maturities 

Scheduled annual maturities of the principal portion of debt outstanding at December 31, 2016 in the next five years and the remaining 
maturity in aggregate are summarized below. Amounts shown include the debt described above in this footnote and the convertible 
notes disclosed in Note 13—Convertible Notes at their face amount of $22,500. 

  $

North 
American 
except ASV    

1,180    $
19,949     
—     
7,500     
15,001     
—     
43,630     

(392)    
(1,148)    
42,090    $

  $

ASV 

3,000    $ 
3,006      
3,000      
2,999      
33,604      
—      
45,609      

(738)     

Italy 
22,895     $
4,863      
5,539      
5,241      
6,641      
2,637      
47,816      
405      
(835 )    
(431 )    

44,871    $ 

46,955     $

Total 

27,075 
27,818 
8,539 
15,740 
55,246 
2,637 
137,055 
405 
(835)
(1,561)
(1,148)
133,916  

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
Thereafter 

Interest rate swaps 
Debt discount related to non-interest bearing debt 
Debt issuance cost 
Debt discounts related to convertible notes 

Total 

Note 12. Leases 

Capital leases 

Georgetown facility 

The Company leases its Georgetown facility under capital lease that was amended and extended on September 1, 2015.  The amended 
lease expires on April 28, 2028. The monthly rent is currently $64 and is increased by 3% annually on September 1 during the term of 
the lease.   

61 

 
 
 
  
  
 
    
    
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
     
      
   
     
      
   
   
      
      
 
 
The present value of the future minimum lease payments (including the annual increase) was determined using a 12.5% discount rate 
(the discount rate used to record the original lease which was signed in April 2006).  At December 31, 2016, the outstanding capital 
lease obligation is $5,311.  

Winona facility 

The  Company  has  a  lease  which  expires  on  February  1,  2017,  that  includes  a  one  year  extension  through  February  1,  2018,  at  the 
option of the Company.  The lease provides for monthly lease payments of $2 for its Winona, Minnesota facility. The Company has an 
option to purchase the facility for $500 by giving notice to the landlord of its intent to purchase the facility. The Landlord must receive 
such notice at least three months prior to end of the lease term. At December 31, 2016, the Company has outstanding capital lease 
obligation of $500 which is the amount of the purchase option.  

Equipment 

The Company has entered into lease agreements with banks pursuant to which the Company is permitted to borrow 100% of the cost 
of new equipment with 60 month repayment periods, respectively. At the conclusion of the lease period, for each piece of equipment 
the Company is required to purchase that piece of leased equipment for one dollar. 

The equipment, which is acquired in ordinary course of the Company’s business, is available for sale and rental prior to sale. 

Under the lease agreement the Company can elect to exercise an early buyout option at any time, and pay the bank the present value of 
the remaining rental payments discounted by a specified Index Rate established at the time of leasing. The early buyout option results 
in a prepayment penalty which progressively decreases during the term of the lease. Alternatively, the Company under the like-kind 
provisions in the agreement can elect to replace or substitute different equipment in place of equipment subject to the early buyout 
without incurring a penalty. 

The following is a summary of amounts financed under equipment capital lease agreements: 

New equipment 

  $

1,166     

60    $ 

22     $

518  

Amount 
Borrowed  

Repayment 
Period

Amount of 
Monthly 
Payment 

Balance 
As of 
December 31,
2016

Future Minimum Lease Payments are: 

Operating 
Leases 

2,331    $ 
2,031      
2,030      
976      
976      
71      
8,415      

     Capital Leases  
1,051  
1,248  
1,248  
866  
865  
6,207  
11,485  
(5,143 )
6,342  
(338 )
6,004   

    $ 

    $ 

Years 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
Subsequent 

Total Minimum Lease Payments 

Less: imputed interest 

Present value of minimum lease payment 

Less: current portion 

Long-term capital lease obligations 

$

$

62 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
Capital Item—as of or for the year ended December 31, 2016 
Building—Georgetown, TX 
Land & Building—Winona, MN 
Other Capitalized leases 

Totals 

Capital Item—as of or for the year ended December 31, 2015 
Building—Georgetown, TX 
Land & Building—Winona, MN 
Other Capitalized leases 

Totals 

Cost 

Accumulated
Depreciation  

Depreciation 
Expense 

Interest 
Expense

4,881    $
1,700     
1,166     
7,747    $

512    $ 
424      
—      
936    $ 

385     $
57      
—      
442     $

670 
— 
33 
703 

Cost 

Accumulated
Depreciation  

Depreciation 
Expense 

Interest 
Expense

4,844    $
1,700     
2,240     
8,784    $

127    $ 
367      
87      
581    $ 

158     $
56      
19      
233     $

468 
— 
71 
539  

  $

  $

  $

  $

Sales and Leaseback—In accordance with ASC 840-40 Sales- Leaseback Transaction, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company 
has deferred gain of $1,058 and $1,288, respectively, related to the sale and leaseback of Georgetown operating facilities and certain 
equipment. The deferred gain is being amortized over the life of the leases which reduces depreciation expense $80 annually through 
April 2028 and will also increase revenue by $37 for the next four years. 

The Company leases its 40,000 sq. ft. Bridgeview facility from an entity controlled by Mr. David Langevin, the Company’s Chairman 
and CEO. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease payments of $22. The Company is also responsible 
for all the associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. The lease will expire on June 30, 2020 and 
has a provision for six one year extension periods. The lease contains a rental escalation clause under which annual rent is increased 
during the initial lease term by the lesser of the increase in the Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. Rent for any extension period shall, 
however, be the then-market rate for similar industrial buildings within the market area. 

The Company has the option to purchase the building by giving the landlord written notice at any time prior to the date that is 180 
days prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The landlord can require the Company to purchase the building if a 
change of Control Event, as defined in the lease, occurs by giving written notice to the Company at any time prior to the date that is 
180 days prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The purchase price, regardless whether the purchase is initiated 
by the Company or the landlord, will be the Fair Market Value as of the closing date of said sale. Rent expense for the current and 
former Bridgeview facility was $259, $256 and $256 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

The  Company  leases  its  Knox,  Indiana  facility  under  two  operating  leases.  The  leases  which  expire  on  August 19,  2020,  currently 
provides  for  monthly  rent  of  $11  and  $3,  respectively.  The  leases  contain  a  rental  escalation  clause  under  which  annual  rent  is 
increased during the lease term by the lesser of the increase in the Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. The Company is also responsible 
for all the associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. The Company has an option to extend the 
leases for an additional five year period. The Company has the right to purchase the facility at a negotiated price any time during the 
lease period. If the parties are unable to agree on purchase price, the purchase price under the terms of the lease will be the average of 
two appraisals of the premises performed by independent third-party appraisers, one selected by the landlord and one selected by the 
Company. Total rent expense related to the leases was $163, $163 and $181 for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. 

The Company leases a number of boom trucks and other equipment under five year operating leases.  The Company entered into the 
leases  to  provide  financing  for  equipment  some  of  which  was  manufactured  by  our  Manitex  subsidiary  that  will  be  in  Equipment 
Distribution’s rental fleet.  The Company has the option to purchase the equipment at the end of the lease for the higher residual value 
or then fair market value of the equipment. The following table provides additional information: 

Lease 
Inception 
December 29, 2015 
January 19, 2016 
February 15, 2016 
March 3, 2016 

Lease 
Term

Monthly 
Payment

Residual 
Value 

15    $
37     
24     
24     
100    $

173  
639  
320  
322  
1,454  

60 months   $
60 months    
60 months    
60 months    
   $

63 

  
 
 
 
  
    
 
   
   
  
   
     
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
At December 31, 2016, PM leases forklifts under three operating leases.  Two of the leases which expire on February 28, 2023 provide 
for monthly rental payments of $2 and $4 respectively.  Another lease which expires on April 30, 2020, provides for monthly rental 
payments of $8. 

Additionally,  PM  leases  automobiles  for  a  number  of  its  employees.    The  leases  expire  at  various  times  between  2017  and    2021.  
Currently, the aggregate  monthly rent is approximately $21.  Future monthly rents will change as leases expire and new leases are 
executed.    

The Company has various operating equipment leases with monthly payments ranging from less than $4 to $5 with various expiration 
dates  through  2019.   Total  rent  expense  under  these  additional  leases  was  $154,  $125  and  $125  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014.     

Note 13. Convertible Notes 

Related Party 

On  December 19,  2014,  the  Company  issued  a  subordinated  convertible  debenture  with  a  $7,500  face  amount  payable  to  Terex,  a 
related party. The convertible debenture is subordinated, carries a 5% per annum coupon, and is convertible into Company common 
stock at a conversion price of $13.65 per share or a total of 549,451 shares, subject to customary adjustment provisions. The debenture 
has a December 19, 2020 maturity date. 

From and after the third anniversary of the original issuance date, the Company may redeem the convertible debenture in full (but not 
in part) at any time that the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock equals at least 130% of the Conversion Price (as 
defined  in  the  debenture)  for  at  least  20  of  any  30  consecutive  trading  days.  Following  an  election  by  the  holder  to  convert  the 
debenture  into  common  stock  of  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  debenture,  the  Company  has  the  discretion  to 
deliver to the holder either (i) shares of common stock, (ii) a cash payment, or (iii) a combination of cash and stock. 

In accounting for the issuance of the note, the Company separated the note into liability and equity components. The carrying amount 
of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated 
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the 
fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Note as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability 
component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the note using the effective 
interest  method  with  an  effective  interest  rate  of  7.5  percent  per  annum.  The  equity  component  is  not  remeasured  as  long  as  it 
continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. 

On December 19, 2014, the components of the note was as follows: 

Liability component 
Equity component (a component of paid in capital) 

  $

  $

6,607   
893   
7,500   

Additionally in connection with the transaction a $321 deferred tax liability was established and was recorded as a deduction to paid in 
capital.  The  deferred  tax  liability  was  recognized  as  the  excess  of  the  principal  amount  being  amortized  and  charged  to  interest 
expenses is not tax deductible. 

As of December 31, 2016, the note had remaining principal balance of $6,862 and an unamortized discount of $638. The difference 
between this amount and the amount initially recorded represents $255 of discount amortization.  

Perella Notes 

On January 7, 2015, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement (the “Perella Note Purchase Agreement”) with MI Convert 
Holdings LLC (which is owned by investment funds constituting part of the Perella Weinberg Partners Asset Based Value Strategy) 
and  Invemed  Associates  LLC  (together,  the  “Investors”),  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  agreed  to  issue  $15,000  in  aggregate 
principal amount of convertible notes due January 7, 2021 (the “Perella Notes”) to the Investors. The Notes are subordinated, carry a 
6.50% per  annum  coupon,  and  are  convertible,  at  the  holder’s  option,  into  shares  of  Company  common  stock,  based  on  an  initial 
conversion price of $15.00 per share, subject to customary adjustments. Following an election by the holder to convert the debenture 
into common stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the debenture, the Company has the discretion to deliver to the 
holder either (i) shares of common stock, (ii) a cash payment, or (iii) a combination of cash and stock.  Upon the occurrence of certain 
fundamental corporate changes, the Perella Notes are redeemable at the option of the holders of the Perella Notes. The Perella Notes 

64 

 
 
  
   
  
 
are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to the maturity date, and the payment of principal is subject to acceleration upon an 
event  of  default.  The  issuance  of  the  Perella  Notes  by  the  Company  was  made  in  reliance  upon  the  exemptions  from  registration 
provided by Rule 506 and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. 

In connection with the issuance of the Perella Notes, on January 7, 2015, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement 
with the Investors (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to 
register the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Perella Notes. The Company filed a Registration 
Statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  the  shares  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  which  was  declared  effective  on 
February 23, 2015. 

In accounting for the issuance of the note, the Company separated the note into liability and equity components. The carrying amount 
of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated 
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the 
fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Note as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability 
component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the note using the effective 
interest  method  with  an  effective  interest  rate  of  7.5  percent  per  annum.  The  equity  component  is  not  remeasured  as  long  as  it 
continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. 

On January 7, 2015, the components of the note were as follows: 

Liability component 
Equity component (a component of paid in capital) 

  $

  $

14,286   
714   
15,000   

Additionally in connection with the transaction a $257 deferred tax liability was established and was recorded as a deduction to paid in 
capital.  The  deferred  tax  liability  was  recognized  as  the  excess  of  the  principal  amount  being  amortized  and  charged  to  interest 
expenses is not tax deductible. 

As of December 31, 2016, the note had remaining principal balance of $14,490  (less debt $392 issuance for an debt $14,098)  and an 
unamortized  discount  of  $510.  The  difference  between  this  amount  and  the  amount  initially  recorded  represents  $204  of  discount 
amortization.  

Note 14. Income Taxes 

Information pertaining to the Company’s income before income taxes is as follows: 

Income (loss) before income taxes: 
Domestic 
Foreign 
Total net income before income taxes 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

  $

  $

(23,360)  $
1,040     
(22,320)  $

(6,973 )   $ 
(196 )     
(7,169 )   $ 

10,764 
(205)
10,559  

65 

  
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
     
       
 
   
 
Information pertaining to the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows: 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes: 

Current: 

Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

$

$

(2,033) $
(6)  
(310)  
(2,349)  

(136)  
1,163 
777 
1,804 
(545) $

(1,776 )   $ 
104       
687       
(985 )     

(240 )     
(96 )     
(587 )     
(923 )     
(1,908 )   $ 

3,730 
172 
(96)
3,806 

(334)
44 
— 
(290)
3,516  

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Accrued expenses 
Inventory 
Other liabilities 
Deferred gain 
Net operating loss carryforwards 
Tax credit carryforwards 
Unrealized foreign currency loss 
Investment in Partnerships 
Interest expense 
Restructuring cost 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Intangibles 
Discount on convertible notes 
Deferred State Income Tax 
Deferred financing fees 

Total deferred tax liability 
Valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax liability 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

1,084    $ 
2,830      
641      
464      
4,017      
1,434      
317      
262      
1,625      
736      
948      
14,358      

8,266      
418      
592      
—      
9,276      
(7,779)     
(2,697)   $ 

675  
2,075  
616  
469  
480  
1,255  
348  
16  
3,171  
1,003  
733  
10,841  

11,264  
499  
441  
211  
12,415  
—  
(1,574 )

$

$

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we evaluate whether it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that some portion 
or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of 
future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating losses can be utilized. 
We assess all positive and negative evidence when determining the amount of the net deferred tax assets that are more likely than not 
to be realized. This evidence includes, but is not limited to, prior earnings history, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, 
tax  planning  strategies  and  projected  future  taxable  income.  Significant  weight  is  given  to  positive  and  negative  evidence  that  is 
objectively verifiable. We have cumulative domestic losses for the three year period ending December 31, 2016, which is considered 
to be a significant piece of negative evidence.  

Based  on  these  factors,  most  notably  the  projected  three  year  cumulative  loss,  the  Company  established  a  full  valuation  allowance 
against the portion of its U.S. net deferred tax asset that could not be realized by carrying back the 2016 tax loss for a refund of taxes 

66 

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
paid in prior years.   Accordingly, the Company recorded a tax receivable of approximately $2.3 million, related to the carry back of 
2016 net operating loss for a refund of taxes paid in 2014. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.1 million which are set to 
expire in 2036 if not utilized.  The Company also had state net operating losses of approximately 0.3 million that are set to expire at 
varying  periods  between  2025  and  2036  if  not  utilized.  U.S.  federal  research  and  development  tax  credit  carryforwards  of 
approximately $186 expire between 2034 and 2036 if not utilized.  

As  of  December 31,  2016,  the  Company  has  approximately  $1,217  of  Texas  Temporary  Margin  Tax  Credit  that  may  be  utilized 
through 2026. The Company has reflected a deferred tax asset for this credit in the table above. 

The Company has not provided for the United States income or the foreign withholding taxes on the $12.6 million of undistributed 
earnings  of  its  subsidiaries  operating  outside  of  the  United  States.  It  is  the  Company’s  intention  to  reinvest  those  earnings 
permanently. Generally, such amounts become subject to United States taxation upon remittance of dividends and under certain other 
circumstances.  Determination  of  the  amount  of  any  unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  investments  in  these  foreign 
subsidiaries is not practicable. 

The effective tax rate before income taxes varies from the current U.S. federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 

Statutory rate 
State and local taxes 
Permanent differences 
Tax credits 
Foreign operations 
Uncertain tax positions 
Valuation allowance 
Other 

Years ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

35.00%    
1.01%    
-2.40%    
1.03%    
-0.34%    
-0.26%    
-29.01%    
-2.59%    
2.44%    

35.00 %
-0.53 %
-2.34 %
1.00 %
-5.86 %
-0.69 %
—   
0.27 %
26.85 %

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, is as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 
Increases in tax positions for prior years 
Decreases in tax positions for prior years 
Settlements 
Balance at December 31, 

2016 

2015 

935    $ 
48      
—      
—      
983    $ 

215  
40  
(18 )
698  
935   

  $

  $

Of the amounts reflected in the above table at December 31, 2016, the entire amount would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax 
rate if recognized. The Company accrued interest of $40 during 2016 and in total, as of December 31, 2016, recognized a liability for 
interest  of  $77.  The  Company  records  accrued  interest  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  the  provision  for  income  taxes  in  the 
accompanying consolidated statement of income. Included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the PM Group’s potential 
IRES and IRAP (Italian Income Taxes) audit adjustments for the tax years 2009 – 2013.  Depending upon the final resolution of the 
PM Group’s audit, the liability could be higher or lower than the amount recorded at December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, 
we don’t anticipate a significant change in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of the reporting date. 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States, Canada and Italy as well as various state and local tax jurisdictions with 
varying  statutes  of  limitations.  With  few  exceptions,  as  of  December  31,  2016,  we  are  no  longer  subject  to  U.S.  federal,  state  or 
foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013. 

67 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
     
 
   
   
   
 
 
       
   
 
 
Note 15. Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures 

Interest received and paid, income taxes paid and non-cash transactions incurred during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014 were as follows: 

Interest paid in cash 
Income tax (refunds) payments in cash 

Non-Cash Transactions: 

2016 

2015 

2014 

10,248    
(1,322)   

11,040        
2,059        

2,380 
4,773 

Investment in Lift Ventures (see Note 19) 
Note to Terex related to ASV 
Capital leases 
Issuance of stock in connection with PM acquisition (see 
   Note 19) 
Terex note payment paid in stock (see Note20) 
Rent paid in stock (see Note 20) 

—     
—     
—     

—     
150     
227     

—       
—       
3,607       

10,124       
—        
—       

5,951 
1,594 
— 

— 
— 
—  

Note 16. Employee Benefits 

The Company’s sponsors a 401(k) plan. The plan is intended to cover all non-union United States based employees. The plan is open 
to employees 21 years of age and older. There is no minimum employment duration required before eligibility. The plan allows for 
monthly enrollment and contribution changes. 

The Company currently matches dollar for dollar participants’ contributions up to 3% of the participant’s income. There is no dollar 
limit regarding matched funds and the plan also calls for immediate vesting of the employer contribution component. The employer 
match is paid when payroll is processed. 

The amount paid in matching contributions by the company for 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $375, $386 and $309, respectively. 

The  Company  also  sponsors  a  nonqualified  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“SERP”)  for  a  former  senior  executive.  The 
SERP is unfunded. The Company accounts for this plan pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 710, “Compensation 
–  General.”  This  guidance  requires  balance  sheet  recognition  of  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  the  defined  benefit  plan. 
Actuarial  gains  and  losses,  prior  service  costs  or  credits,  and  any  remaining  transition  assets  or  obligations  that  have  not  been 
recognized under previous accounting guidance must be recognized in the Statement of Income. The defined benefit obligation for this 
plan as of December 31, 2016 is $837, of which, $64 and $773 is reflected in “Accrued Other” and “Other Long-Term Liabilities”, 
respectively, on the balance sheet. The balance at December 31, 2015 was $871, of which, $64 and $807 was reflected in “Accrued 
Other” and “Other Long-Term Liabilities”, respectively.  The Company expects to make annual benefit payments of $64 per year over 
the next five years. 

Movements  on  the  PM  Group’s  employee  severance  indemnity  /  TFR  provision  during  the  periods,  including  the  effects  of  the 
actuarial valuation of the TFR, were as follows: 

Employee severance indemnity/TFR 

$

1,487  $

668  $

778     $ 

1,377 

Balance 
As of 
December 31,
2015

Increases 

    Decreases       

Balance 
As of 
December 31,
2016

Employee severance indemnity/TFR 

$

1,552  $

698  $

763     $ 

1,487  

Balance 
As of 
January 15,
2015

Increases 

    Decreases       

Balance 
As of 
December 31,
2015

68 

  
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
   
  
   
    
        
 
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
        
  
   
 
 
The estimates, demographic and economic/financial assumptions made, with the support of an independent actuary, for the actuarial 
calculation  used  to  determine  the  defined  benefit  plans  in  relation  to  postemployment  benefits  (Employee  severance  indemnity 
provision) can be detailed as follows: 

Annual Discount 
Rate 

Annual Rate of 
Inflation 

Annual Increase 
Rate 

Probability of 
Employee Leaving 
Group 

Probability of 
Advance Payment of 
TFR 

1.00 %      

1.50%   

2.63%   

10.00%      

3.00%

The amount allocated to the Employee severance indemnity provision in 2016 and 2015 were $668 and $698.  

A reconciliation of the defined benefit obligation is set out below: 

Past Service Liability at beginning of the period 
Interest cost 
Actuarial (Gain)/Loss 
Payments 
Past Service Liability at end of the period 

Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in financial 
   assumptions 
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience 
   assumptions 
Actuarial (Gain)/Loss 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 
2016 

1,487      $ 
8     
(1 )   
(117 )   
1,377      $ 

1,552 
13 
(37)
(41)
1,487 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 
2016 

17      $ 

(18 )   
(1 )    $ 

(44)

7 
(37)

   $

   $

   $

   $

Employees in Italy are entitled to Trattamento di Fine Rapporto (“TFR”) commonly referred to as an employee leaving indemnity), 
which represents deferred compensation for employees in the private sector. Under Italian law, an entity is obligated to accrue for TFR 
on  an  individual  employee  basis  payable  to  each  individual  upon  termination  of  employment  (including  both  voluntary  and 
involuntary dismissal). The annual accrual is approximately 7% of total pay, with no ceiling, and is revalued each year by applying a 
pre-established  rate  of  return  of  1.50%,  plus  75%  of  the  Consumer  Price  Index,  and  is  recorded  by  a  book  reserve.  TFR  is  a  plan 
unfunded. 

In October 2006, the Italian Government passed a law, effective January 1, 2007, which reformed the current TFR system, in which 
employees are given the ability to make choices as to the destination of the investment of the TFR compensation. In particular, the 
new change allowed the employee to direct the TFR funds to a chosen pension fund, such as an industry fund, an existing company 
pension  plan,  open  funds,  and  individual  insurance  policies,  subject  to  Company  agreement.  If  no  choice  was  made,  the  TFR 
allocations were made automatically to the default pension fund, which may be the industry wide fund, a specific employer-sponsored 
plan,  or,  absent  of  these  alternatives,  the  employee’s  contributions  were  invested  into  a  “residual”  pension  fund  managed  by  the 
National Social Insurance Institute (INPS). Each Employee had until June 30, 2007 to make a decision as to the destination of his TFR 
allocation. 

Note 17. Accrued Warranties 

A  liability  for  estimated  warranty  claims  is  accrued  at  the  time  of  sale.  The  liability  is  established  using  historical  warranty  claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. 

The current provision may be adjusted to take into account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future 
warranty  claims.  Adjustments  to  the  initial  warranty  accrual  are  recorded  if  actual  claim  experience  indicates  that  adjustments  are 
necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential 
warranty liability. 

69 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in product warranty liability: 

Balance January 1, 
Business Acquired 
Accrual for warranties issued during the year 
Warranty services provided 
Changes in estimates 
Foreign currency translation 
Balance December 31, 

2016 

2015 

3,508    $ 
—      
3,037      
(2,956)     
(126)     
(25)     
3,438    $ 

3,058  
843  
3,959  
(4,446 )
101  
(7 )
3,508   

$

$

Note 18. Segment Information 

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  specialty  lifting  and  loading  products.  The  Company  operates  in  three  business 
segments: the Lifting Equipment segment, the ASV segment and the Equipment Distribution segment.  

Lifting Equipment Segment 

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  lifting  solutions.  The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  distributes  a  diverse 
group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety of industries. Manitex and PM are the Lifting Equipment 
segment’s  two  largest  operations.  Manitex  markets  a  comprehensive  line  of  boom  trucks,  truck  cranes  and  sign  cranes.    PM  is  a 
leading Italian manufacturer of truck mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of technology and innovation, 
and a product range spanning more than 50 models. Its largest subsidiary, Oil & Steel (“O&S”), is a manufacturer of truck-mounted 
aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international client base.  

The segment also sells specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products through its Badger subsidiary, a comprehensive 
line of specialized mobile tanks for liquid and solid storage and containment solutions with capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 through its 
Sabre subsidiary and a full range of pick and carry cranes from 2 to 90 tons, using electric, diesel, and hybrid power options through its 
Valla subsidiary.  

Boom trucks and knuckle boom cranes are primarily used for industrial projects, power distribution, energy exploration and ground 
extraction, and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and commercial and residential construction.  Badger primarily 
serves the needs of the construction, municipality, railroad and oil refining industries.  Sabre tanks are used in a variety of end markets 
such  as  petrochemical,  waste  management  and  oil  and  gas  drilling.  Valla  pick  and  carry  cranes  are  primarily  used  in  industrial 
applications.    

ASV Segment  

A.S.V.,  LLC  (“ASV”)  manufactures  a  line  of  high  quality  compact  rubber  tracked  and  skid  steer  loaders.  The  ASV  products  are 
distributed  through  independent  dealers,  Terex  Corporation  (“Terex”)  distribution  channels  as  well  as  through  the  Company.  This 
independent  dealer  network  has  over  150  locations.    The  products  are  used  in  the  site  clearing,  general  construction,  forestry,  golf 
course maintenance and landscaping industries, with general construction being the largest market. 

Equipment Distribution Segment 

The Equipment Distribution segment consists of two of the Company’s subsidiaries, Crane and Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) and Crane 
and  Machinery  Leasing,  Inc. (“C&M  Leasing”).    C&M  is a  distributor  of  Terex  rough terrain  and  truck  cranes products  as  well  as 
Manitex’s own products.  C&M offers equipment repair services in the Chicago area and supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium to heavy duty construction equipment both domestically and internationally.  

C&M  Leasing  rents  equipment  manufactured  by  the  Company  as  well  as  a  limited  amount  of  equipment  manufactured  by  third 
parties.   C&M Leasing has recently expanded its rental fleet.    

ASV and PM Group results are included in the Company’s results from their respective effective dates of acquisition on December 20, 
2014 and January 15, 2015. 

70 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following  is  financial  information for our  three  operating  segments,  i.e.,  Lifting Equipment,  Equipment  Distribution  and ASV. 
The below financial information includes results for each of the above acquisitions from the respective date of acquisition: 

Revenues from continuing operations: 

Lifting Equipment 
ASV 
Equipment Distribution 
Inter-segment Eliminations 

Total 

Operating (loss) income from continuing operations: 

Lifting Equipment 
ASV 
Equipment Distribution 
Corporate expense 
Elimination of inter-segment profit in inventory 

Total 
Total assets: 

Lifting Equipment 
ASV 
Equipment Distribution 
Corporate 
Assets of discontinued operations 

Total 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

172,405    $
103,803     
16,404     
(3,653)   
288,959    $

193,436     $ 
116,935       
13,216       
(3,906 )     
319,681     $ 

158,319 
2,264 
21,104 
(4,685)
177,002 

2,301    $
6,009     
(2,893)   
(7,406)   
274     
(1,715)  $

8,557     $ 
5,496       
(136 )     
(8,522 )     
(187 )     
5,208     $ 

20,641 
(121)
374 
(7,968)
11 
12,937 

188,791    $
119,732     
8,742     
720     
—     
317,985    $

208,734     $ 
122,672       
14,585       
2,175       
53,257       
401,423     $ 

98,680 
124,146 
15,612 
1,262 
74,567 
314,267  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Total foreign source net revenue was approximately $118,946, $128,387 and $36,691 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 
and 2014, respectively. Total long-lived assets related to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $74,463 and $79,916 
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Information of external net revenues and long lived asset information 
by country is shown on the below tables: 

The following is a summary of goodwill by segment: 

Goodwill—Lifting Equipment Segment 

Balance January 1 
Goodwill related to PM acquisition 
Foreign currency translation 
Balance December 31, 
Goodwill—ASV Segment 
Balance January 1 
Goodwill related to ASV acquisition 
Balance December 31, 

Goodwill—Equipment Distribution Segment 
Balance January 1 and December 31, 
Goodwill impairment charge 

  $

2016 

2015 

40,483    $ 
—      
(814)     
39,669      

30,579      
—      
30,579      

275      
(275)     
—      

12,887  
30,173  
(2,577 )
40,483  

30,579  
—  
30,579  

275  
—  
275  

Total goodwill at December 31, 

  $

70,248    $ 

71,337   

71 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
     
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
 
Net Revenues 

United States 
Italy 
Canada 
Australia 
United Kingdom 
Argentina 
France 
Chile 
Finland 
Spain 
Mexico 
Germany 
Netherlands 
Hong Kong 
South Africa 
Malaysia 
Israel 
United Arab Emirates 
Saudi Arabia 
Czech Republic 
Korea 
Kuwait 
Ukraine 
Columbia 
Norway 
Singapore 
Ireland 
Bahrain 
Turkey 
Denmark 
Indonesia 
Switzerland 
New Zealand 
Peru 
Morocco 
Romania 
Algeria 
Poland 
Brazil 
Iraq 
Qatar 
Kenya 
Russia 
Lebanon 
Egypt 
Venezuela 
Slovakia 
Japan 
Other 

2016 
170,013    $
24,984     
16,752     
13,397     
9,410     
7,662     
5,760     
5,692     
3,513     
2,630     
2,499     
2,243     
1,659     
1,339     
1,282     
1,173     
1,069     
969     
860     
818     
785     
721     
693     
686     
650     
564     
535     
530     
476     
471     
359     
340     
276     
170     
123     
97     
89     
83     
1     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
7,586     
288,959    $

2015 
191,294     $ 
23,174       
21,375       
13,333       
8,590       
9,617       
3,926       
5,323       
1,802       
3,143       
1,461       
1,539       
570       
2,532       
411       
688       
2,333       
943       
1,748       
1,875       
—       
—       
—       
—       
1,112       
—       
418       
—       
5,003       
—       
—       
439       
687       
1       
740       
2,209       
—       
347       
1       
5,302       
1,944       
1,903       
262       
682       
—       
128       
93       
6       
2,727       
319,681     $ 

2014 
135,988 
367 
26,374 
— 
2,345 
— 
— 
592 
— 
— 
3,635 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
527 
265 
— 
3,426 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
20 
— 
— 
— 
— 
474 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,369 
1,620 
— 
177,002  

  $

  $

Company attributes revenue to different geographic areas based on where items are shipped or services are performed. 

72 

 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
Long Lived Assets 

United States 
Italy 
Long-term assets of discontinued operations 

Total Long-Lived Assets 

2016 

92,358    $ 
74,463      
—      
166,821    $ 

2015 
105,628  
79,933  
16,310  
201,871  

  $

  $

Long-Lived Assets are based on where the operating unit is domiciled. 

Note 19. Acquisition and Investment 
PM Group 

On  July 21,  2014  Manitex  International,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  entered  into  a  series  of  agreements  to  acquire  PM  S.p.A,  (“PM 
Group”),  a  manufacturer  of  truck  mounted  cranes  based  in  San  Cesario  sul  Panaro,  Modena,  Italy.  On  January 15,  2015,  the 
Company’s acquisition of PM closed. 

The fair value of the purchase consideration is shown below: 

Cash 
994,483 shares of common stock of  Manitex International, 
   Inc. 

Total purchase consideration 

€

€

Fair Value 
Euros

17,142    $ 

Fair Value 
U.S. Dollars   
20,312  

8,710      
25,852    $ 

10,124  
30,436  

Under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  in  accordance  ASC  805,  Business  Combinations,  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed are valued based on their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the 
aggregate  estimated  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  was  allocated  to  goodwill.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  it  was 
stated that the purchase price allocation was preliminary and was subject to final review of certain items including inventory, accrual 
and receivable balances. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation was adjusted.  Adjustments for the 
following reasons to the previously reported provisional assets or liabilities were made.   The adjustment had the following impact on 
goodwill: 

Adjustment to reduce the value of certain accounts receivables 
   based on obtaining additional information 
Eliminate value assigned to fixed assets determined not to exist 
   at date of acquisition 
Adjustments to deferred tax assets to reflect corrected value 
Adjustment to assumed non-recourse debt to reflect 

Net impact on goodwill 

$

$

260   

392   
(1,187 ) 
(344 ) 
(879 ) 

The balance sheet at January 15, 2015 was restated to reflect the above changes to PM Group purchase price allocations as follows: 

Account 
Goodwill 
Accounts receivable 
Fixed assets 
Deferred tax asset 
Assumed non-recourse debt 

Provisional 
amounts 
recorded as of 
January 15, 2015  

  $

31,052  $
22,475 
17,344 
9,680 
(60,702)  

Adjustment 
to purchase 

price allocation       

Revised amount
recorded as of 
January 15, 2015  
30,173 
22,215 
16,952 
10,867 
(60,358)

(879 )   $ 
(260 )     
(392 )     
1,187       
344       

The above adjustments are non-cash items and, therefore, do not have an impact on the Statement of Cash Flows for the period ended 
December 31, 2015. 

73 

 
  
 
     
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  revised  allocation  of  the  PM  Group  acquisition  consideration  to  the  fair  value  of  the  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: 

Purchase price allocation: 

Cash invested in PM 
Trade receivables 
Inventory 
Other receivables and prepaid expenses 
Total fixed assets 
Customer relationships 
Trade name and trademarks 
Patented & Unpatented Technology 
Goodwill 
Deferred net tax assets 
Other long term assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 
Other long term liabilities 
Assumed non-recourse debt 
Net assets acquired 

  €

  €

5,994    $ 
18,795      
20,088      
3,746      
14,342      
10,841      
5,850      
7,657      
25,528      
9,195      
2      
(22,020)     
(7,343)     
(1,188)     
(11,595)     
(2,973)     
(51,067)     
25,852    $ 

6,965  
22,215  
23,743  
4,428  
16,952  
12,813  
6,914  
9,050  
30,173  
10,867  
2  
(26,026 )
(8,679 )
(1,404 )
(13,705 )
(3,514 )
(60,358 )
30,436   

Contingent Liability:  In accordance with ASC 805, the acquirer is to recognize the acquisition date fair value of contingent liability. 
The  Company  entered  into  an  Option  Agreement  with  one  of  the  PM  Group  senior  banks  under  which  the  bank  will  sell  to  the 
Company PM debt with a face value of €5,000. Under the Option Agreement, the bank shall receive €2,500 if PM has 2017 EBITDA, 
as defined in the agreement, of between €14,500 and €16,500, and €5,000 if 2017 EBITDA exceeds €16,500. If 2017 EBITDA, as 
defined in the agreement, is less than €14,500, the bank is to sell the debt to the Company for €0.001. Given the disparity between the 
EBITDA  threshold  and  the  Company’s  projected  financial  results,  it  was  determined  that  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  analysis  was 
appropriate to determine the fair value of contingent consideration. It was determined that the probability weighted average payment is 
€1,093  or  $1,270.  Based  thereon,  we  determined  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  liability  to  be  €1,093  or  $1,270.  This  amount  is 
included in other long-term liabilities in the above table. 

Non-recourse PM debt:  Under the transaction, PM remains obligated for the following debt: 

Term debt—interest bearing 
Term debt—non-interest bearing 
Fair market adjustment for non-interest bearing debt 
Working capital borrowings 
Interest rate swap derivative contract 
Debt issuance costs 

Total assumed non-recourse debt 

  €

  €

22,956    $ 
10,289      
(1,460)     
18,827      
1,720      
(1,265)     
51,067    $ 

27,133  
12,161  
(1,726 )
22,252  
2,033  
(1,495 )
60,358   

Non-interest bearing debt: In connection with the acquisition, the Company assumed non-interest bearing debt of €10,289. The fair 
value of the non-interest bearing debt was determined to be €8,829 or $10,435. The fair value of the non-interest bearing debt was 
calculated to equal the present value of future debt payments discounted at a market rate of return commensurate with similar debt 
instruments with comparable levels of risk and marketability. A rate of 5.24% was determined to be the appropriate rate following an 
assessment of the risk inherent in the debt issued and the market rate for debt of this nature using corporate credit ratings. 

The interest rate swap derivative was valued at its fair value, which is based on quotes from a financial institution. 

Tangible assets and liabilities: The tangible assets and liabilities were valued at their respective carrying values by PM, except for 
certain  adjustments  necessary  to  state  such  amounts  at  their  estimated  fair  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  Significant  fair  market 
adjustments were made to decrease accounts receivable by $260, increase inventory by $911, decrease fixed assets by $4,699 and to 
decrease liabilities by $345. 

74 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Intangible assets: There are three fundamental methods applied to value intangible assets outlined in FASB ASC 820. These methods 
include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach, and the Income Approach. Each of these valuation approaches were considered in 
our estimation of value. 

Trade names and trademarks, patented and unpatented technology: Valued using the Relief from Royalty method, a form of both the 
Market Approach and the Income Approach. Because the Company has established trade names and trademarks and has developed 
patented and unpatented technology, we estimated the benefit of ownership as the relief from the royalty expense that would need to 
be incurred in absence of ownership. 

Customer relationships: Because there is a specific earnings stream that can be associated with customer relationships, we determined 
the fair value of these relationships based on the excess earnings method, a form of the Income Approach. 

Goodwill:  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  total  consideration  paid  and  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired.  The  recognition  of 
goodwill  of  $30,173  reflects  the  inherent  value  in  the  PM  reputation,  which  has  been  built  since  being  founded  in  1959  and  the 
prospects for significant future earnings. 

In calculating the Company’s deferred tax liabilities the fact that goodwill is not deductible was considered. 

Acquisition transaction costs: Cost and expenses related to the acquisition have been expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses.  The  Company  incurred  fees  of  $194  for  legal  services,  $750  for  acquisition  related  bonus 
payments, $347 for accounting services in connection with the prior year audit of PM financial statements and $294 for other costs 
related to the acquisition. 

The results of the acquired PM operations have been included in our consolidated statement of operations since the acquisition date. 
PM is included in the Lifting Equipment segment for segment reporting purposes.   

Lift Ventures, LLC 

On December 16, 2014, Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”), BGI USA Inc. (“BGI”), Movedesign SRL and R & S Advisory 
S.r.l.,  entered  into  an  operating  agreement  (the  “Operating  Agreement”)  for  Lift  Ventures  LLC  (“Lift  Ventures”),  a  joint  venture 
entity.  The  purposes  for  which  Lift  Ventures  is  organized  are  the  manufacturing  and  selling  of  certain  products  and  components, 
including the Schaeff line of electric forklifts and certain LiftKing products. Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Company was 
granted  a  25%  equity  stake  in  Lift  Ventures  in  exchange  for  the  contribution  of  inventory  totaling  $5,951  and  a  license  of  certain 
intellectual property related to the Company’s products.  

This investment was a non-marketable equity investment made in a privately-held company accounted for under the equity method. 

This  investment  had  a  carrying  value  of  $5,752 at  December  31,  2015.  In  2016,  the  Company  determined  its  investment  in  Lift 
Ventures was impaired and has recognized an impairment charge to write off its entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC (See Note 
26), 

ASV Stock Purchase 

On December 19, 2014, the Company closed on the ASV Stock Purchase Agreement entered into between Manitex International, Inc. 
(the “Company”) and Terex Corporation (“Terex”) on October 29, 2014, pursuant to which the Company purchased 51% of the issued 
and outstanding shares of ASV Inc. a Grand Rapids, Minnesota-based manufacturer of a broad line of technology leading compact 
rubber tracked and skid steer loaders and accessories that had been a wholly owned subsidiary of Terex since 2008. 

The fair value of the purchase consideration was $49,787 in total as shown below: 

Cash 
Note payable to seller 
Fair value of non-controlling interest in ASV 
Total purchase consideration 

$

$

25,000   
1,411   
23,376   
49,787   

Under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  in  accordance  ASC  805,  Business  Combinations,  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed are valued based on their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the 
aggregate estimated fair value of net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill. At December 31, 2014, it was stated that the purchase 
price allocation was preliminary and was subject to final review of certain items including inventory, accrual and receivable balances. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation was adjusted. Adjustments for the following reasons to the 
previously reported provisional assets or liabilities were made.   The adjustments had the following impact on goodwill: 

Record liabilities that existed at acquisition date that had not 
   been recorded 
Adjustment to reduce the value of certain inventory based on 
   obtaining additional information 
Eliminate value assigned to fixed assets determined not to exist 
   at date of  acquisition 
Increase reserves for product liability suits based 
   on additional information 
Adjustment to reserves for worker compensation claims based 
   on additional information 
Adjustment to income tax payable to record tax liability based 
   on additional information 
Net impact on goodwill 

  $

  $

115   

460   

262   

3,199   

68   

(269 ) 
3,835   

The balance sheet at December 31, 2014 was restated to reflect the above changes to ASV purchase price allocations as follows: 

Account 
Goodwill 
Inventory 
Fixed assets 
Accrued expenses 
Income tax payable on conversion of ASV 

Provisional 
amounts 
recorded as of 
December 31, 
2014

Adjustment 
to purchase 

price allocation       

Revised amount
recorded as of 
December 31, 
2014

  $

26,744  $
27,217 
19,177 
(3,975)  
(16,500)  

3,835     $ 
(460 )     
(262 )     
(3,382 )     
269       

30,579 
26,757 
18,915 
(7,357)
(16,231)

The above adjustments are non-cash items and, therefore, do not have an impact on the Statement of Cash Flows for the period ended 
December 31, 2014. 

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the ASV acquisition consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: 

Purchase price allocation: 

Cash 
Accounts receivable 
Prepaid Expenses 
Inventory 
Total fixed assets 
Customer relationships 
Trade name and trademarks 
Patented & Unpatented Technology 
Goodwill 
Capitalized Debt Issuance Costs 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Accrued conversion tax 
Accrued pension liability 
Assumption of non-recourse ASV debt 
Net assets acquired 

  $

  $

2   
18,232   
71   
26,757   
18,915   
16,000   
7,000   
8,000   
30,579   
2,767   
(9,459 ) 
(7,357 ) 
(16,231 ) 
(839 ) 
(44,650 ) 
49,787   

Deferred  bank  fees  and  expense:  Legal  and  bank  fees  incurred  related  to  establishing  term  debt  and  revolving  credit  financing  for 
ASV  as  part  of  the  acquisition  transaction.  Manitex  executed  a  note  payable  in  the  amount  of  $1,594  in  connection  with  the 

76 

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
transaction.  The  note  was  to  reimburse  Terex  for  Manitex’s  share  of  fees  and  expenses,  including  $1,411  of  fees  related  to  new 
financing at ASV. 

Noncontrolling  interest  in  ASV:  Fair  value  of  Terex  49%  share  of  ASV  equity  calculated  by  grossing  up  the  fair  value  of  the 
controlling  interest  purchased  by  the  Company  to  a  100%  value,  then  deducting  the  $26,411  paid  for  the  majority  interest. 
Subsequently an adjustment for an implied minority discount of $2,000 (approximately 8%) was applied against initial calculation. 

Non-recourse ASV debt: In connection with the transaction, ASV entered into a $40,000, five year Term debt facility and a $35,000 
revolving credit facility. At the date of acquisition, ASV had fully drawn funds on the Term debt, $40,000, and had drawn $4,650 on 
the revolving credit facility. 

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total consideration is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on 
their fair values as of the date of the acquisition as shown below. 

Tangible assets and liabilities: The tangible assets and liabilities were valued at their respective carrying values by ASV, except for 
certain adjustments necessary to state such amounts at their estimated fair values at acquisition date. Fair market adjustments to fixed 
assets and inventory of $3,668 were recorded. 

Intangible assets: There are three fundamental methods applied to value intangible assets outlined in FASB ASC 820. These methods 
include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach, and the Income Approach. Each of these valuation approaches was considered in 
our estimation of value. 

Trade names and trademarks, patented and unpatented technology: Valued using the Relief from Royalty method, a form of both the 
Market Approach and the Income Approach. Because the Company has established trade names and trademarks and has developed 
patented and unpatented technology, we estimated the benefit of ownership as the relief from the royalty expense that would need to 
be incurred in absence of ownership. 

Customer relationships: Because there is a specific earnings stream that can be associated with customer relationships, we determined 
the fair value of these relationships based on the excess earnings method, a form of the Income Approach. 

Goodwill:  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  total  consideration  paid  and  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired.  The  recognition  of 
goodwill  of  $30,579  reflects  the  inherent  value  in  the  ASV  reputation,  which  has  been  built  since  being  founded  in  1983  and  the 
prospects for significant future earnings. 

For income tax purposes, intangible assets and goodwill will be amortized and will result in future tax deductions. 

Accrued  conversion  tax:  In  connection  with  the  acquisition,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  ASV,  Inc.  agreed  a  Plan  of  Conversion  to 
convert ASV, Inc., a corporation into a Minnesota limited liability company. Under the plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares 
of ASV, Inc. were cancelled and an equal number of limited liability company membership interests were issued to the members of 
ASV LLC, on a one-for-one basis. In connection with the conversion, ASV will have a taxable gain. 

Acquisition transaction costs: Cost and expenses related to the acquisition have been expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses.  The  Company  incurred  fees  of  $100  for  legal  services,  $750  for  acquisition  related  bonus 
payments,  $325  for  accounting services  in connection with  the prior  year  audit  of ASV  financial  statements  and $40 for Valuation 
services. 

The results of the acquired ASV operations have been included in our consolidated statement of operations since the acquisition date. 
ASV is being treated as its own segment for segment reporting purposes. 

Note 20. Equity 

Issuance of Common Stock 

On  October  14,  2016  the  Company  issued  41,948  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  value  of  $227  to  Avis  Industrial  Corporation  as 
payment for rent of the Company’s Winona, Minnesota facility.  The shares were valued based on closing price on October 14, 2016 
of $5.41. 

77 

 
 
 
 
Shares issued to Terex Corporation 

On March 1, 2016, the Company issued 30,425 shares of common stock to Terex Corporation as the Company elected to pay $150 of 
the  final  principal  payment  due  March 1,  2016  in  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  share  price  for  the  transaction was 
$4.93 which was determined based upon the average closing price for the twenty trading days ending the day before the payment was 
due.   

On  December 19,  2014,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Company  issued  1,108,156  shares  of 
Company’s common stock and received $12,500 of cash. 

Shares issued to PM Group 

On  January 15,  2015,  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  PM  Group  closed.  The  aggregate  consideration  paid  by  the  Company  for  PM 
Group was $30,436 which reflects exchange rates in effect at the closing. The consideration consisted of $20,312 of cash, and 994,483 
shares of Company common stock valued at $10,124. 

Stock issued to employees and Directors 

The Company issued shares of common stock to employees and Directors at various times in 2016, 2015 and 2014 as restricted stock 
units  issued under  the  Company’s 2004 Incentive  Plan vested. Upon  issuance  entries  were recorded  to  increase  common  stock and 
decrease paid in capital for the amounts shown below. The following is a summary of stock issuances that occurred during the three 
year period: 

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2016 
January 1, 2016 
June 5, 2016 
September 15, 2016 
September 30, 2016 
December 31, 2016 
December 31, 2016 

Date of Issue 
March 4, 2015 
March 13, 2015 
June 5, 2015 
December 31, 2015 
December 31, 2015 

Date of Issue 
March 6, 2014 
March 6, 2014 
June 5, 2014 
December 31, 2014 
December 31, 2014 

Employees or 
Director

  Shares Issued      

  Directors 
  Employees     
  Employees   
  Directors 
  Employees     
  Directors 
  Employees 

Value of 
Shares Issued  
55 
329 
7 
36 
68 
128 
218 
841 

4,290      $ 
25,920     
642     
6,800     
7,511     
9,915       
13,798       
68,876     $ 

  Shares Issued      

Value of 
Shares Issued  
77 
212 
12 
219 
123 
643 

6,800     $ 
22,868       
749       
36,886       
20,620       
87,923     $ 

  Shares Issued      

Value of 
Shares Issued  
106 
229 
8 
406 
257 
1,006  

6,600     $ 
14,292       
749       
38,005       
20,615       
80,261     $ 

Employees or 
Director

  Directors 
  Employees 
  Employees 
  Employees 
  Directors 

Employees or 
Director

  Directors 
  Employees 
  Employees 
  Employees 
  Directors 

78 

  
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Stock Repurchase 

The Company purchased shares of Common Stock at various times from certain employees at the closing price on date of purchase. 
The stock was purchased from the employees to satisfy employees’ withholding tax obligations related to stock issuances described 
above. The following is a summary of common stock purchased during 2016, 2015 and 2014 : 

Date of Purchase 
January 1, 2016 
June 5, 2016 
September 30, 2016 
December 31, 2016 

June 5, 2015 
December 31, 2015 

June 5, 2014 
December 31, 2014 

Shares 
Purchased 

Closing Price 
on Date of 
Purchase

7,074      $ 
197      $ 
2,254      $ 
3,530      $ 
13,055        

393      $ 
12,125      $ 
12,518        

392      $ 
8,461      $ 
8,853        

5.95 
6.75 
5.51 
6.86 

8.54 
5.95 

16.75 
12.71 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan 

In  2004,  the  Company  adopted  the  2004  Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  subsequently  amended  and  restated  the  plan  on  September 13, 
2007, May 28, 2009, June 5, 2013 and June 2, 2016. The maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under 
the plan is 1,329,364 shares. The total number of shares reserved for issuance however, can be adjusted to reflect certain corporate 
transactions or changes in the Company’s capital structure. The Company’s employees and members of the board of directors who are 
not our employees or employees of our affiliates are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan is administered by a committee of the 
board comprised of members who are outside directors. The plan provides that the committee has the authority to, among other things, 
select  plan  participants,  determine  the  type  and  amount  of  awards,  determine  award  terms,  fix  all  other  conditions  of  any  awards, 
interpret  the  plan  and  any  plan  awards.  Under  the  plan,  the  committee  can  grant  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted 
stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units, except Directors may not be granted stock appreciation rights, 
performance  shares  and  performance  units.  During  any  calendar  year,  participants  are  limited  in  the  number  of  grants  they  may 
receive under the plan. In any year, an individual may not receive options for more than 15,000 shares, stock appreciation rights with 
respect to more than 20,000 shares, more than 20,000 shares of restricted stock and/or an award for more than 10,000 performance 
shares or restricted stock units or performance units. The plan requires that the exercise price for stock options and stock appreciation 
rights be not less than fair market value of the Company’s common stock on date of grant. 

The  Company  awarded  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  2004  Equity  Incentive  Plan  a  total  of  329,325;  145,979;  and  34,292 
restricted stock units to employees and directors during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The restricted stock units are subject to the 
same conditions as the restricted stock awards except the restricted stock units will not have voting rights and the common stock will 
not be issued until the vesting criteria are satisfied. 

Compensation  expense  in  2016,  2015  and  2014  includes  $1,129,  $1,270  and  $875  related  to  restricted  stock  units,  respectively. 
Compensation expense related to restricted stock units will be $916, $565 and $215 for 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. 

79 

  
 
  
     
 
    
    
    
    
  
    
 
  
    
        
 
   
   
  
   
 
  
   
        
 
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
The following is a summary of restricted stock units that were awarded during 2016, 2015 and 2014: 

2016 Grants 
January 4, 2016 

September 15, 2016 

December 14, 2016 

2015 Grants 
January 1, 2015 

March 4, 2015 

Vesting Date 

 January 4, 2017 60,671 units; 
January 4, 2018 60,671 units and 
62,508 units January 4, 2019 
September 15, 2016 6,800 units; 
September 15, 2017 6,600 units and 
September 15, 2018 6,600 units 
December 14, 2017 41,407  units; 
December14, 2018 41,407 units and 
December 14, 2019 42,661 units 

Vesting Date 

 January 1, 2016 34,027 units; 
January 1, 2017 34,027 units and 
35,057 units January 1, 2018 
 March 4, 2015 6,800 units, 
December 31, 2015 6,600 units and 
December 31, 2016 6,600 units 

March 13, 2015 

  March 13, 2015 22,868 units 

March 6, 2014 

Vesting Date 

March 6, 2014 20,892 units; 
December 31, 2014 6,600 units; 
December 31, 2015 6,800 units 

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units

Closing Price 
on 
Date of Grant     

Value of 
Restricted 
Stock 
Units Issued  

183,850    $ 

6.07     $

1,116 

20,000    $ 

5.32     $

106 

125,475    $ 
329,325      

5.60     $
     $

703 
1,925 

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units

Closing Price 
on 
Date of Grant     

Value of 
Restricted 
Stock 
Units Issued  

103,111    $ 

12.71     $

1,311 

20,000    $ 
22,868    $ 
145,979      

11.39     $
9.25     $
     $

228 
212 
1,751 

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units

Closing Price 
on 
Date of Grant     

Value of 
Restricted 
Stock 
Units Issued  

  $

34,292    $ 
34,292      

15.99     $
     $

548 
548  

The  following  table  contains  information  regarding  restricted  stock  units  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016, 2015  and  2014, 
respectively: 

Outstanding on January 1, 
Issued 
Vested and issued 
Vested—issued and repurchased for income tax withholding     
Forfeited 
Outstanding on December 31 

Restricted Stock Units 
2015 
85,384       
145,979       
(87,923 )     
(12,518 )     
(12,149 )     
118,773       

2016 
118,773     
329,325     
(55,821)    
(13,055)    
(37,218)    
342,004     

2014 
142,851 
34,292 
(80,261)
(8,853)
(2,645)
85,384  

Note 21. Recent Accounting Guidance 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 outlines a 
new, single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-
step  analysis  in  determining  when  and  how  revenue  is  recognized.  The  new  model  will  require  revenue  recognition  to  depict  the 
transfer  of  promised  goods  or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  a  company  expects  to  receive  in 

80 

  
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
      
      
 
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
     
     
    
  
  
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  In  August  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-14,  “Deferral  of  the  Effective  Date”,  which 
amends ASU 2014-09.  As a result, the effective date is the first quarter of 2018, with early adoption permitted.   The Company is 
evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on the determination or reporting of its financial results.  

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory,” (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 requires 
inventory be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value and options that currently exist for market value be eliminated. 
ASU 2015-11 defines net realizable value as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable 
costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 
and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years  with  early  adoption  permitted.  ASU  2015-11  should  be  applied  prospectively.  The 
Company is evaluating the impact adoption of this guidance will have on determination or reporting of its financial results. 

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-17  (“ASU  2015-17”),  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740): 
Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred  Taxes.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2015-17  seek  to  simplify  the  presentation  of  deferred 
income  taxes  and  require  that  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  be  classified  as  noncurrent  in  a  classified  statement  of  financial 
position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax paying component of an entity be offset and presented 
as  a  single  amount  is  not  affected  by  the  amendments  in  this  update.  ASU  2015-17  is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early application permitted 
for  all  entities  as  of  the  beginning  of  an  interim  or  annual  reporting  period.  The  guidance  can  be  applied  either  prospectively  or 
retrospectively. The Company has adopted the guidance for the year ended December 31, 2016 on a retrospective basis in order to 
simplify  balance  sheet  classifications.  The  main  impact  of  adoption  of  the  standard  was  the  reclassification  of  current  deferred  tax 
assets that resulted in a reduction in noncurrent deferred tax liabilities.    

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, "Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities." The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, require equity investments (except 
those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair 
value  with  changes  in  fair  value  recognized  in  net  income;  requires  public  business  entities  to  use  the  exit  price  notion  when 
measuring fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial 
liabilities  by  measurement  category  and  form  of  financial  asset  (i.e.,  securities  or  loans  and  receivables);  and  eliminates  the 
requirement  for  public  business  entities  to  disclose  the  method(s)  and  significant  assumptions  used  to  estimate  fair  value  that  is 
required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 
2018. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize assets 
and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Consistent 
with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee 
primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. The update is effective for reporting periods beginning after 
December  15,  2018.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  is  in  the  process  of  evaluating  the  impact  of  this  update  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)” (“ASU 2016-05”). ASU 2016-05 provides 
guidance clarifying that novation of a derivative contract (i.e. a change in counterparty) in a hedge accounting relationship does not, in 
and of itself, require designation of that hedge accounting relationship. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, 
with early adoption permitted. Adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)” (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 simplifies 
the  embedded  derivative  analysis  for  debt  instruments  containing  contingent  call  or  put  options  by  clarifying  that  an  exercise 
contingency does not need to be evaluated to determine whether it relates to interest rates and credit risk in an embedded derivative 
analysis. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, with early adoption permitted. Adoption is not expected to 
have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-08,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  Principal  versus  Agent 
Considerations  (Reporting  Revenue  Gross  versus  Net)”  (“ASU  2016-08”).  ASU  2016-08  further  clarifies  principal  and  agent 
relationships within ASU 2014-09. Similar to ASU 2014-09, the effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early 
adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard 
will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-
Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 is intended to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
payment  awards.  The  effective  date  will  be  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2017,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is 
evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  April  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-10,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606),  Identifying  Performance 
Obligations and Licensing” (“ASU 2016-10”).  The amendments in ASU 2016-10 are expected to reduce the cost and complexity of 
applying  the  guidance  on  identifying  promised  goods  or  services  in  contracts  with  customers  and  to  improve  the  operability  and 
understandability  of  licensing  implementation  guidance  related  to  the  entity's  intellectual  property.   Similar  to  ASU  2014-09,  the 
effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017.  The 
Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash  Payments,”  (“ASU  2016-15”).   ASU  2016-15  reduces  the  existing  diversity  in  practice  in  financial  reporting  by  clarifying 
existing  principles  in  ASC  230,  “Statement  of  Cash  Flows,”  and  provides  specific  guidance  on  certain  cash  flow  classification 
issues.  The effective date for ASU 2016-15 will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted.  The Company 
is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than Inventory,” 
(“ASU 2016-16”).  ASU 2016-16 requires recognition of current and deferred income taxes resulting from an intra-entity transfer of 
any asset (excluding inventory) when the transfer occurs. This is a change from existing GAAP which prohibits recognition of current 
and deferred income taxes until the asset is sold to a third party.  The effective date for ASU 2016-16 will be the first quarter of fiscal 
year 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-01,  “Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Clarifying  the  Definition  of  a  Business,” 
(“ASU  2017-01”).  ASU  2017-01  provides  guidance  in  ascertaining  whether  a  collection  of  assets  and  activities  is  considered  a 
business. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, with prospective application. The Company is evaluating the 
impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill 
Impairment,” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, an entity should perform 
its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity 
should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, if any. 
The  loss  recognized  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  Additionally,  an  entity  should 
consider  income  tax  effects  from  any  tax  deductible  goodwill  on  the  carrying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit  when  measuring  the 
goodwill  impairment.  The  effective  date  will  be  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  with  early  adoption  permitted  in  2017.  The 
Company is evaluating the impact that adoption of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

Except  as  noted  above,  the  guidance  issued  by  the  FASB  during  the  current  year  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Note 22. Transactions between the Company and Related Parties 

In the course of conducting its business, the Company has entered into certain related party transactions. 

On December 16, 2014, Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”), BGI USA Inc. (“BGI”), Movedesign SRL and R & S Advisory 
S.r.l.,  entered  into  an  operating  agreement  (the  “Operating  Agreement”)  for  Lift  Ventures  LLC  (“Lift  Ventures”),  a  joint  venture 
entity.  The  purposes  for  which  Lift  Ventures  is  organized  are  the  manufacturing  and  selling  of  certain  products  and  components, 
including the Schaeff line of electric forklifts and certain LiftKing products. Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Company was 
granted  a  25%  equity  stake  in  the  Lift  Ventures  in  exchange  for  the  contribution  of  certain  inventory  and  a  license  of  certain 
intellectual property related to the Company’s products.   

As a result of the sale, in the third quarter, of the Company's Liftking subsidiary, Lift Ventures LLC will no longer have the right to 
sell Schaeff and Liftking products in the future.  Additionally, as a result of certain financial difficulties experienced by the partner, 
who  was  to  contribute  design  services,  it  will  not  be  able  to  provide  such  services.   As  a  result  of  these  events,  the  Company  has 
determined that its investment in the Lift Ventures has become impaired and has recognized an impairment charge of $5,647 to write 
off its entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The Company, through its Manitex and Manitex Liftking subsidiaries, purchases and sells parts to BGI USA, Inc. (“BGI”) including 
its  subsidiary  SL  Industries,  Ltd  (“SL”).  BGI  is  a  distributor  of  assembly  parts  used  to  manufacture  various  lifting  equipment.  SL 
Industries,  Ltd  is  a  Bulgarian  subsidiary  of  BGI  that  manufactures  fabricated  and  welded  components  used  to  manufacture  various 
lifting equipment. The former President of Manufacturing Operations is the majority owner of BGI. 

The Company through its Manitex Liftking subsidiary provides parts and services to LiftMaster, Ltd (“LiftMaster”) or purchases parts 
or services from LiftMaster. LiftMaster is a rental company that rents and services rough terrain forklifts. LiftMaster is owned by the 
Vice President of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, Manitex Liftking, ULC, and a relative of his. 

As  of  December  31,  2016  the  Company  had  an  accounts  receivable  of  $47  and  $22  from  SL  and  Lift  Ventures,  respectively  and 
accounts  payable  of  $471,  $749,  $7  and  $940  to  SL,  Lift  Ventures,  BGI  and  Terex,  respectively.    As  of  December  31,  2015  the 
Company had an accounts receivable of $157 and $41 from SL and Lift Ventures, respectively and accounts payable of $150, $244 
and $2 to SL, Lift Ventures and BGI respectively. As of December 31, 2014 the Company had an accounts receivable of $2 and $16 
from LiftMaster and SL, respectively and accounts payable of $1, $519 and $1 to BGI, SL and Liftmaster, respectively. 

The following is a summary of the amounts attributable to certain related party transactions as described in the footnotes to the table, 
for the periods indicated: 

Bridgeview Facility (1) 
Sales to: 

SL Industries, Ltd 
BGI 
Lift Ventures 
LiftMaster (2) 

Total Sales 
Inventory Purchases from: 
SL Industries, Ltd 
Lift Ventures 
LiftMaster (2) 
BGI 

Total Inventory Purchases 

2016 

2015 

2014 

  $

259    $

256     $ 

256 

1     
—     
14     
—     
15     

4       
3       
—       
1       
8       

15     
1,985     
—     
—     
2,000    $

1,872       
524       
—       
7       
2,403     $ 

  $

3 
— 
— 
— 
3 

3,730 
— 
— 
5 
3,735  

(1)  The  Company  leases  its  40,000  sq.  ft.  Bridgeview  facility  from  an  entity  controlled  by  Mr. David  Langevin,  the  Company’s 
Chairman and CEO. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease payments of $22. The Company is 
also responsible for all the associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. The lease will expire 
on  June 30,  2020  and  has  a  provision  for  six  one  year  extension  periods.  The  lease  contains  a  rental  escalation  clause  under 
which annual rent is increased during the initial lease term by the lesser of the increase in the Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. 
Rent for any extension period shall however, be the then-market rate for similar industrial buildings within the market area. The 
Company has the option, to purchase the building by giving the Landlord written notice at any time prior to the date that is 180 
days prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The Landlord can require the Company to purchase the building 
if a change of Control Event, as defined in the agreement occurs by giving written notice to the Company at any time prior to 
the date that is 180 days prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The purchase price regardless whether the 
purchase is initiated by the Company or the landlord will be the Fair Market Value as of the closing date of said sale. 

(2)  The  Company  provided  parts  and  services  to  LiftMaster,  Inc.  LiftMaster  is  a  rental  company  that  rents  and  services  rough 
terrain forklifts. LiftMaster is owned by a relative of an Officer of Manitex Liftking, ULC, before it was sold on September 30, 
2016. 

Transactions with Terex 

On December 19, 2014, Terex became a related party. 

At  December 31,  2016  and 2015, ASV  has  accounts receivable due from  Terex  for $501  and $388  which  is shown on  the balance 
sheet on the line titled “accounts receivable from related party” and accounts payable of $2,275 and $1,413 on the line titled “accounts 
payable related parties”. 

83 

  
  
   
 
   
       
 
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has the following notes payable to Terex: 

Note related to Crane and Schaeff acquisition 
Note payable related to ASV acquisition 
Convertible note 

Years Ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

  $
  $
  $

—    $ 
1,594    $ 
6,862    $ 

250  
1,594  
6,737  

See Note 11 and Note 13 for additional details regarding the above debt obligations. 

The following is a summary of the amounts attributable to certain Terex transactions as described in the footnotes to the table, for the 
periods indicated: 

Sales to Terex 
Purchases from Terex 

2016 

2015 

1,653      
10,268      

2,472  
9,495  

In addition to the above referenced purchases, ASV expensed $1,648 and $1,960 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 in 
connection  with  the  Distribution  and  Cross  Marketing  Agreement  with  Terex.    For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015, 
ASV expensed $1,418 and $1,472, respectively in connection with the Service Agreement with Terex. 

On  March  4,  2016,  CVS  and  Terex  Operations  Italy  S.R.L.  (“TOI”)  entered  into  an  agreement  whereby  TOI  acquired  certain 
inventories and intellectual property related to CVS’ terminal tractor line.  The transaction totaled €2,839 ($3,119) inclusive of VAT 
taxes  and  resulted  in  a  gain  of  €1,987  ($2,212),  which  is  included  in  loss  on  sale  of  discontinued  operations.  The  transaction  also 
contained a contract manufacturing requirement for CVS to continue production of the terminal tractor line for TOI for a period of 
nine months.  After this period of time CVS will have the access to terminal tractor equipment directly from TOI under a private label 
agreement.   

On March 11, 2016, Terex made an additional $2,450 equity contribution to ASV. 

Note 23. Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies 

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability,  employment  related  issues,  and  workers’ 
compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self-
insurance retention that range from $50 to $500. ASV product liability cases that existed on date of acquisition have a $4,000 self-
retention limit. 

Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, 
the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

Additionally, the Company has been named as a defendant in several multi-defendant asbestos related product liability lawsuits. In 
certain instances, the Company is indemnified by a former owner of the product line in question. In the remaining cases the plaintiff 
has,  to  date,  not  been  able  to  establish  any  exposure  by  the  plaintiff  to  the  Company’s  products.  The  Company  is  uninsured  with 
respect to these claims but believes that it will not incur any material liability with respect to these to claims. 

When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 
possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. The Company established reserves for several ASV and 
PM lawsuits in conjunction with the accounting for these two acquisitions.  

Additionally beginning on December 31, 2011, the Company’s workmen’s compensation insurance policy has per claim deductible of 
$250 and aggregates of $1,000, $1,150, $1,325, $1,875 $1,575 and $1,575 for 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 policy years, 
respectively. The Company is fully insured for any amount on any individual claim that exceeds the deductible and for any additional 
amounts  of  all  claims  once  the  aggregate  is  reached.  The  Company  currently  has  several  workmen  compensation  claims  related  to 
injuries  that  occurred  after  December 31,  2011  and  therefore  are  subject  to  a  deductible.  The  Company  does  not  believe  that  the 
contingencies associated with these worker compensation claims in aggregate will have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

84 

  
  
 
 
  
 
     
 
  
  
  
    
       
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
On  May 5,  2011,  Company  entered  into  two  separate  settlement  agreements  with  two  plaintiffs.  As  of  December 31,  2016,  the 
Company has a remaining obligation under the agreements to pay the plaintiffs $1,425 without interest in 15 annual installments of 
$95 on or before May 22 each year. The Company has recorded a liability for the net present value of the liability. The difference 
between the net present value and the total payment will be charged to interest expense over payment period. 

It is reasonably possible that the “Estimated Reserve for Product Liability Claims” may change within the next 12 months. A change 
in  estimate  could  occur  if  a  case  is  settled  for  more  or  less  than  anticipated,  or  if  additional  information  becomes  known  to  the 
Company. 

Note 24. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data 

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts). 

Net revenues 
Gross Profit 
Net (loss) income from 
   continuing operations 
   attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International,Inc. 
Net income (loss) from 
   discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Earnings (Loss) per Share 

Basic 

(Loss) Earnings from 
   continuing operations 
   attributable to 
   shareholders 
   of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (Loss) from 
   discontinued operations 
   attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (Loss) 
   attributable to 
   shareholders 
   of Manitex International, 
   Inc. 

Diluted 

(Loss) Earnings from 
   continuing operations 
   attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (loss) from 
   discontinued operations 
   attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (Loss) 
   attributable to 
   shareholders 
   of Manitex International, 
   Inc. 
Shares outstanding 

2016 

2015 

1st Qtr 

2nd Qtr 

3rd Qtr 

4th Qtr 

1st Qtr 

2nd Qtr 

3rd Qtr 

4th Qtr 

   $ 

85,386       $ 
14,838         

75,958    $
13,440     

62,636    $
10,294     

64,979    $
10,012     

84,864    $
15,563     

80,426       $ 
16,346         

78,252    $
14,500     

76,139 
12,497 

(980 )      

(4,151)    

(9,030)    

(7,040)    

(963)    

(3,150 )      

2,636     

(3,832)

2,440         

2,365     

(11,527)    

(7,237)    

455     

3,122         

(1,977)    

(1,663)

$ 

1,460       $ 

(1,786)   $

(20,557)   $

(14,277)   $

(508)   $

(28 )    $ 

659    $

(5,495)

$ 

(0.06 )    $ 

(0.26)   $

(0.56 )   $

(0.44 )   $

(0.06)   $

(0.20 )    $ 

0.16    $

(0.24 )

$ 

0.15       $ 

0.15    $

(0.71 )   $

(0.45 )   $

0.03    $

0.19       $ 

(0.12 )   $

(0.10 )

$ 

0.09       $ 

(0.11)   $

(1.27 )   $

(0.88 )   $

(0.03)   $

(0.00 )    $ 

0.04    $

(0.34 )

$ 

(0.06 )    $ 

(0.26)   $

(0.56 )   $

(0.44 )   $

(0.06)   $

(0.20 )    $ 

0.16    $

(0.24 )

$ 

0.15       $ 

0.15    $

(0.71 )   $

(0.45 )   $

0.03    $

0.19       $ 

(0.12 )   $

(0.10 )

$ 

0.09       $ 

(0.11)   $

(1.27 )   $

(0.88 )   $

(0.03)   $

(0.00 )    $ 

0.04    $

(0.34 )

Basic 
Diluted 

   16,105,601          16,125,788      16,127,346      16,174,403      15,836,423      16,014,059          16,014,594      16,015,219 
   16,105,601          16,125,788      16,127,346      16,174,403      15,836,423      16,014,059          16,039,361      16,015,219   

85 

 
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
  
     
         
     
     
     
     
         
     
 
     
         
     
     
     
     
         
     
 
  
         
        
     
  
     
     
            
     
  
 
  
  
         
     
     
     
     
         
     
 
  
         
     
     
     
     
         
     
 
     
         
     
     
     
     
         
     
 
 
Results for Lift Ventures, ASV, PM and Columbia Tank are included in the Company’s results from their respective effective dates of 
acquisition which are December 16, 2014, December 20, 2014, January 15, 2015 and March 12, 2015,  respectively. 

Note 25. Discontinued Operations 

Company Sells Load King  

On December 28, 2015, the Company completed the sale of the membership interests of Load King, LLC, a Michigan limited liability 
company  previously  known  as  Manitex  Load  King,  Inc.  (“Load  King”)  pursuant  to  a  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Purchase 
Agreement”) with Utility One Source Forestry Equipment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Buyer”). The Company 
owned all of the outstanding membership interests of Load King prior to the completion of the transaction.  

The Company received cash consideration of $6,525 in connection with sale of Load King.  The company recognized a pre-tax loss of 
$2,142 on the sale including transaction expenses of $720, with a corresponding tax benefit of $764.    

Company Sells Liftking 

On  September  30,  2016,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC,  an  Alberta  unlimited  liability  corporation 
pursuant  to  a  Share  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Liftking  Purchase  Agreement”)  with  Mi-Jack  Products,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary Liftking Acquisition ULC.   

The Company received cash consideration of $14 million.  The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $9,296 on the sale including  
transaction  expenses  of  $551.  The  pre-tax  loss  includes  a  non-cash  portion  related  to  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  write-offs  of 
$2,710  and  $3,686,  respectively.    The  aforementioned  intangible  and  goodwill  represents  an  allocation  of  a  portion  of  the  Lifting 
Equipment segment’s intangibles and goodwill that existed on the date of sale.  The allocation percentage was arrived at by computing 
the full value of the Lifting Equipment segment and subtracting the value of the cash consideration that the Company received related 
to the Liftking disposition.  The Company did record an income tax benefit of $453 attributable to this transaction.   

Company Sells CVS 

On December 22, 2016, Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”) completed the sale of its CVS Ferrari srl (“CVS”) subsidiary to 
two Italian companies BP S.r.l. and NEIP III S.p.A. (collectively the “Purchasers”) for $5 million in cash, less $1.3 million payable for 
inventory due in 2017, and the assumption of $14 million of net CVS debt (the “Transaction”). The Transaction was consummated 
pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”). The Purchasers 
are  privately-held  manufacturers  and  service  providers  for  terminal  handling  equipment  provided  around  the  world.  As  part  of  the 
transaction, the Company retained the operations of CVS’s Valla division, which offers a full range of electric precision pick and carry 
cranes. 

The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $7,984 on the sale including transaction expenses of $650.  The pre-tax loss includes a non-
cash portion related to intangible assets and goodwill write-offs of $2,649 and $4,358, respectively.  The aforementioned intangible 
and goodwill represents an allocation of a portion of CVS’s segment’s intangibles and goodwill that existed on the date of sale.  The 
allocation percentage was arrived at by computing the full value of the Lifting Equipment segment and subtracting the value of the 
cash consideration that the Company received related to the CVS disposition.  The Company did record an income tax benefit of $100 
attributable to this transaction.  

As disclosed in Note 22, in March 2016 the Company recognized a gain of $2,212 from the sale of inventory and intellectual property 
related to CVS’s terminal tractor line.  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  is  the  detail  of  major  classes  of  assets  and  liabilities  of  discontinued  operations  that  were  summarized  on  the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:     

As of 
December 31, 
2015 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash 
Trade receivables (net) 
Other receivables 
Inventory, net 
Prepaid expense and other 

Total current assets of discontinued operations 

Long-term assets 

Total fixed assets (net) 
Intangible assets (net) 
Other long-term assets 

Total long-term assets of discontinued operations 

Total assets of discontinued operations 

Current liabilities 

Notes payable—short-term 
Revolving credit facilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 

  $

  $

  $

Total current liabilities of discontinued operations 

Long-term liabilities 

Notes payable - long-term 
Revolving credit facilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total long-term liabilities of discontinued operations 

Total liabilities of discontinued operations 

  $

2,660   
13,286   
1,511   
19,425   
478   
37,360   

604   
6,954   
8,752   
16,310   
53,670   

3,111   
1,795   
8,536   
3,345   
83   
16,870   

3,466   
7,225   
564   
11,255   
28,125   

The following is the detail of major line items that constitute the loss from discontinued operations: 

Net revenues 
Cost of sales 
Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Interest expense 
Other (income) expense 
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations including 
   transactions expense of  $1,201 and $720, in 2016 and 
   2015 respectively 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

  $

66,538    $
56,043     
729     
7,823     
934     
(137)   
1,146     

67,056     $ 
56,456       
846       
5,739       
1,141       
355       
2,519       

70,162 
58,976 
1,009 
7,640 
923 
1,530 
84 

(15,068)   

(2,142 )     

Total (loss) gain on discontinued operations before
   income taxes 

Income tax expense related to discontinued operations 
Net loss on discontinued operations 

(13,922)   

37 
(13,959) $

  $

377       
440       
(63 )   $ 

87 

— 

84 
160 
(76)

 
 
 
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
26.  Impairment of Lift Venture Investment 

In December 2014, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement pursuant to which Lift Ventures LLC was formed. The joint 
venture  was  formed  to  manufacture  and  sell  certain  products  and  components,  including  the  Company's  Schaeff  electric  forklift 
business, which was operated by the Company's Liftking subsidiary and certain other Liftking products. One of the other partners in 
the joint venture contributed design services which were to be used to develop additional new products for the joint venture.   

As a result of the sale, in the third quarter, of the Company's Liftking subsidiary, Lift Ventures LLC will no longer have the right to 
sell Schaeff and Liftking products in the future.  Additionally, as a result of certain financial difficulties experienced by the partner, 
who  was  to  contribute  design  services,  it  will  not  be  able  to  provide  such  services.   As  a  result  of  these  events,  the  Company  has 
determined that its investment in the Lift Ventures has become impaired and has recognized an impairment charge of $5,647 to write 
off its entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC. 

27.  Subsequent Events 

On January 23, 2017, Manitex International Inc. entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement (“Sales Agreement”) with 
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell shares of its common stock, no par value per 
share, having an aggregate offering price up to $20,000 through Cantor.  The Company thought it prudent to put a mechanism in place 
by which supplemental liquidity can be provided to address working capital requirements or other capital requirements that may arise 
in conjunction with production requirements.  Funds provided through the Sales Agreement totaled $2,608 in January 2017 from the 
sale of 294,524 shares of the Company's common stock. 

Manitex International, Inc. and its U.S. subsidiaries currently have a Loan Agreement, as amended, with Private Bank.  On February 
10, 2017 the Company and Private Bank entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Loan Agreement (the “Amendment”).  The principal 
modification  to  the  Loan  Agreement  resulting  from  the  Amendment  is  adjusting  the  financial  covenants  for  the  quarters  ending 
December 31, 2016 through the maturity date.  See Note 11. 

88 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  controls  and  other  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”) rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure 
that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated  to  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (principal  executive  officer)  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer 
(principal financial officer), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Under the supervision of, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive 
officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (principal  financial  officer),  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report. Based on our evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal 
financial officer) have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to 
ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management’s Responsibility 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined 
in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management’s Assessment 

Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief 
Financial Officer (principal financial officer), assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of  December 31,  2016.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway 

Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  (2013).  In  connection  with  such  evaluation,  our  management 
concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. 

The effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, has been audited by UHY LLP, 
an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, 
or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

89 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

Company and Private Bank Amend Loan Agreement 

Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”) and its U.S. subsidiaries currently have a Loan and Security Agreement , as amended, 
(the “Loan Agreement”) with The Private Bank and Trust Company  (“Private Bank”). On February 20, 2017, the Company and the 
Private  Bank  entered  into  Amendment  No.  4  to  the  Loan  Agreement  (the  “Amendment”).  The  principal  modification  to  the  Loan 
Agreement  resulting  from  the  Amendment  is  adjusting  the  financial  covenants  for  the  fiscal  quarters  ending  December  31,  2016 
through the maturity date. 

The above summary of the Amendment is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of such Amendment, which is attached as 
Exhibit 10.28 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein. 

90 

 
 
 
 
PART III 

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  Form  10-K  as  the  Company  intends  to  file  with  the  Commission  its 
definitive Proxy Statement for its 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2016 Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, not later than 120 days after December 31, 2016. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information under the headings “Nominees to Serve Until the 2018 Annual Meeting,” “Executive Officers of the Company who 
are  not  also  Directors,”  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,”  “Committee  on  Directors  and  Board 
Governance,” and “Audit Committee” in our 2017 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

Our directors, executive officers and stockholders with ownership of 10% or greater are required, under Section 16(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, to file reports of their ownership and changes to their ownership of our securities with the SEC. Based solely 
on our review of the reports and any written representations we received that no other reports were required, we believe that, during 
the year ended December 31, 2016, all of our officers, directors and stockholders with ownership of 10% or greater complied with all 
Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to them, except David H. Gransee, an executive officer, filed a Form 4 on January 20, 
2017 reporting a transaction that occurred on December 31, 2016. 

Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, 
in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the NASDAQ 
rules. The code of ethics also applies to all employees of the Company as well as the Board of Directors. In the event that any changes 
are  made  or  any  waivers  from  the  provisions  of  the  code  of  ethics  are  made,  these  events  would  be  disclosed  on  the  Company’s 
website  or  in  a  report  on  Form  8-K  within  four  business  days  of  such  event.  The  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on  our  website  at 
www.manitexinternational.com. Copies of the code of ethics will be provided free of charge upon written request directed to Investor 
Relations, Manitex International, Inc., 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  under  the  headings  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Compensation  Committee 
Report”  on  Executive  Compensation  “COMPENSATION  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS”  “EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION,” 
and “DIRECTOR COMPENSATION” in our 2017 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  under  the  headings  “Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information”  and  “PRINCIPAL  STOCKHOLDERS”  in  our  2017 
Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information under the headings “Transactions with Related Persons,” “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Committee,” and 
“Audit Committee” in our 2017 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information under the heading “Audit Committee” in our 2017 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 

PART IV 

(1)  Financial Statements 

See Index to Financial Statements on page 39. 

(2) 

Supplemental Schedules 

None. 

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of  the 
schedules, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

(b)  Exhibits 

See the Exhibit Index following the signature page. 

(c)  Financial Statement Schedules 

All  information  for  which provision  is  made  in  the  applicable  accounting  regulations of  the  SEC  is either  included  in  the financial 
statements, is not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable, and therefore has been omitted. 

92 

 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: March 9, 2017 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

By:   

/s/ D AVID H. G RANSEE 
David H. Gransee 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
(On behalf of the Registrant and as 
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David J. 
Langevin and David H. Gransee his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to 
sign  any  amendments  to  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  Exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in 
connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-
fact, or substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ D AVID J. LANGEVIN 
David J. Langevin, 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ D AVID H. GRANSEE 
David H. Gransee, 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ R ONALD M. CLARK 
Ronald M. Clark, 
Director 

/s/ R OBERT S. GIGLIOTTI 
Robert S. Gigliotti, 
Director 

/s/ F REDERICK B. K NOX 
Frederick B. Knox, 
Director 

/s/ M ARVIN B. ROSENBERG 
Marvin B. Rosenberg, 
Director 

/s/ S TEPHEN J. TOBER 
Stephen J. Tober, 
Director 

  March 9, 2017 

  March 9, 2017 

  March 9, 2017 

  March 9, 2017 

  March 9, 2017 

  March 9, 2017 

  March 9, 2017 

93 

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

Exhibit Index 

1.1 

  2.1 

  2.2 

  2.3 

2.4 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

10.1* 

10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6 

10.7 

Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement, dated January 23, 2017, by and between Manitex International, Inc. 
and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 23, 2017). 

English  Summary  of  Form  of  Agreement  for  Sale  of  Company  Division  dated  June  27,  2011  between  C.V.S.
Costruzione Veicoli Speciali S.p.A. and CVS Ferrari srl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K/A filed on August 8, 2011). 

Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  October  29,  2014,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  Terex  Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2014). 

Amendment  No.  1,  dated  December  19,  2014  to  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  October  29,  2014,  between
Manitex International, Inc. and Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014). 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2015, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and Utility One
Source Forestry Equipment LLC (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on January 4, 2016). 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and among Manitex International, Inc., Liftking,
Inc., Mi-Jack Products, Inc. and Liftking Acquisition ULC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2016). 

Sale  and  Purchase  Agreement  by  and  among  Manitex  International,  Inc.,  BP  S.r.l.  and  NEIP  III  S.p.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2016).  

Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q filed on November 13, 2008). 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Veri-Tek  International,  Corp.  (now  known  as  Manitex  International,  Inc.),  as 
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2008). 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2009). 

Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2008, between Manitex International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer
&  Trust  Company,  LLC  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
October 21, 2008). 

Subordinated Convertible  Promissory  Note,  dated  as  of December  19,  2014,  between  Manitex  International, Inc.
and  Terex  Corporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
December 23, 2014). 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  12,  2012,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  David  J.  Langevin
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k filed on December 17, 2012). 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  12,  2012,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  Andrew  M.  Rooke
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-k filed on December 17, 2012). 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  12,  2012,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  David  H.  Gransee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-k filed on December 17, 2012 ). 

Second Amended and Restated Manitex International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010) . 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on November 16, 2007). 

Lease  dated  April  17,  2006  between  Krislee-Texas,  LLC  and  Manitex,  Inc.  for  facility  located  in  Georgetown,
Texas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 13, 2007). 

Lease  Agreement,  dated  July  10,  2009,  by  and  between  Badger  Equipment  Company  and  Avis  Industrial
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2009). 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25

Lease Agreement, dated May 26, 2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010). 

Lease Amendment, dated June 6, 2014 between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2014). 

Lease dated June 8, 2010, between Aldrovandi Equipment Limited and Manitex Liftking, ULC for facility located
in Woodbridge, Ontario (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on 
August 13, 2010). 

First Amendment to Commercial lease with Sabre Realty, LLC dated August 19, 2013 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, 
and 9.01) August 20, 2013). 

Commercial lease with Sabre Realty, LLC dated January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 
2013). 

Commercial  lease  with  Brave  New  World  Realty,  LLC  dated  August  29,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 
9.01) August 20, 2013). 

First Amendment to Commercial lease with Brave New World Realty, LLC dated August 19, 2013 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01,
2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 2013). 

Amendment  No.  1  to  Amended  and  Restated  Letter  Agreement  dated  December  23,  2011  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013). 

Amended and Restated Specialized Equipment Facility Master Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013). 

Reaffirmation of Manitex International, Inc. Guaranty (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013). 

Reaffirmation  of  Manitex,  LLC  Guaranty  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Company’s  Current
Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013).  

Guarantor Waiver executed by Manitex International, Inc. and Manitex, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013). 

Acknowledgement of Manitex International, Inc. and Manitex, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013). 

Amendment  dated  April  3,  2013  to  Master  Revolving  Note  dated  June  29,  2011  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed April 8, 2013). 

First  Amendment  to  the  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Manitex  International,  Inc.  2004  Equity  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q August 7, 2013). 

Second  Amendment  to  Manitex  International,  Inc.’s  Second  Amended  and  Restated  2004  Equity  Incentive  Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2016).   

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2016, by and among The PrivateBank and Trust Company, as
administrative agent and sole lead arranger, Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger
Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Lifking, Inc. and Manitex,
LLC (as the US Borrowers) and Manitex Liftking, ULC (as the Canadian Borrower) (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 25, 2016). 

First  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  4,  2016,  by  and  among  Manitex
International,  Inc.,  Manitex  Inc.,  Manitex  Sabre,  Inc.,  Badger  Equipment  Company,  Crane  and  Machinery,  Inc.,
Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc., Manitex, LLC and Manitex Liftking, ULC, The Private Bank
and Trust Company and the lenders party thereto. 

95 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

10.26

10.27 

10.28 (1) 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.35 

10.38 

10.39 

Consent and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and among
Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery,
Inc., Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc. and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company
and  the  lenders  party  thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 3, 2016). 

Third  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  8,  2016,  by  and  among  Manitex
International,  Inc.,  Manitex  Inc.,  Manitex  Sabre,  Inc.,  Badger  Equipment  Company,  Crane  and  Machinery,  Inc.,
Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the lenders party
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2016). 

Fourth  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February  10,  2017,  by  and  among  Manitex
International,  Inc.,  Manitex  Inc.,  Manitex  Sabre,  Inc.,  Badger  Equipment  Company,  Crane  and  Machinery,  Inc., 
Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the lenders party
thereto. 

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Letter  Agreement  between  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  and  Comerica  Bank  dated
November  13,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
November 14, 2013). 

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Specialized  Equipment  Export  Facility  Master  Revolving  Note  between  Manitex
Liftking,  ULC  and  Comerica  Bank  dated  November  13,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2013). 

Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Specialized Equipment Export Facility Master Revolving
Note dated November 13, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on July 7, 2015). 

Amendment  No.  2  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Specialized  Equipment  Export  Facility  Master  Revolving  Note
dated November 13, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 1, 2015). 

Advance  Formula  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  23,  2011,  made  by  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  in  favor  of
Comerica  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  filed  on 
December 30, 2011). 

Amendment No. 1, dated August 10, 2012, to Advance Formula Agreement dated as of December 23, 2011, made 
by  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  in  favor of  Comerica  Bank (incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012). 

Master  Revolving  Note  in  the  principal  amount  of  $500,000  dated  May  5,  2010,  between  Manitex  International,
Inc.  and  Comerica  Bank (incorporated by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Current  Report on  Form 8-K  filed  on 
August May 11, 2010). 

Amendment No. 1, dated August 10, 2012, to Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $500,000 dated
May 5, 2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012) . 

Letter  agreement  dated  May  5,  2010,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  Comerica  Bank  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2010) . 

Amendment effective as of June 29, 2011 to the Letter Agreement dated May 5, 2010 between Manitex International,
Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 
2011). 

Comerica  Bank  Foreign  Currency  Exchange  Master  Agreement,  dated  September  7,  2007,  between  Veri-Tek 
International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.) and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2007) . 

Specialized Equipment Export Facility Master Revolving Note for $2.0 million dated December 23, 2011, between 
Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 

10.46 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

10.50 

10.51 

10.52 

10.53 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

Manitex  International,  Inc.  Guarantee  dated  as  of  December  23,  2011  in  favor  of  Comerica  Bank  related  to
indebtedness  of  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  Specialized  Equipment  Export  Facility  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Manitex,  LLC  Guarantee  dated  as  of  December  23,  2011,  in  favor  of  Comerica  Bank  related  to  indebtedness  of
Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  Specialized  Equipment  Export  Facility  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Manitex International, Inc. Waiver issued to Export Development Canada dated December 9, 2011 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Manitex, LLC Waiver issued to Export Development Canada dated December 9, 2011 (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Amended  and  Restated  Master  Revolving  Note  (Multi-Currency)  for  $6.5  million  dated  December 23,  2011, 
between  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  and  Comerica  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Amended  and  Restated  Guaranty  dated  December  23,  2011  from  Manitex  International,  Inc.  to  Comerica  Bank
related  to  Manitex  Liftking,  ULC  Amended  and  Restated  Master  Revolving  Note  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Amended  and  Restated  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  23,  1011  from  Manitex  International,  Inc.  to
Comerica Bank related to Manitex Liftking, ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Amended  and  Restated  Guaranty  dated  December  23,  2011  from  Manitex,  LLC  to  Comerica  Bank  related  to
Manitex Liftking, ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  23,  2011  from  Manitex,  LLC  to  Comerica  Bank  related  to  Manitex 
Liftking, ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011). 

Floorplan and Security Agreement between Manitex International, Inc. and HCA Equipment Finance LLC, dated
December 15, 2008, together with the form of Extension of Credit, which is attached as Exhibit A thereto, and the
Addendum  to  Floorplan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  January  20,  2009  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2009). 

Restructuring Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and among Terex Corporation, Crane & Machinery, Inc., and
Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 10, 2008). 

Term  Note  in  principal  amount  of  $2,000,000,  dated  October  6,  2008,  payable  by  Manitex  International,  Inc.  to
Terex  Corporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
October 10, 2008). 

Security  Agreement,  dated  October  6,  2008,  by  and  between  Crane  &  Machinery,  Inc.  and  Terex  Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008). 

Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $22.5 million dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between
Manitex, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on July 1, 2011). 

Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $1.0 million dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between
Manitex International, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-6 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011). 

Guaranty  of  Manitex  International,  Inc.  dated  June 29,  2011  that  guarantees  Manitex,  Inc.  indebtedness  to 
Comerica  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  July 1, 
2011). 

Guaranty of Manitex International, Inc. dated June 29, 2011 that guarantees Manitex Liftking, ULC indebtedness to
Comerica  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.10  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  July  1, 
2011). 

97 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

10.57 

10.58 

10.59 

10.60 

10.61 

10.62 

10.63 

10.64 

Guaranty  of  Badger  Equipment  Company  and  Manitex  Load  King,  Inc.  dated  June  29,  2011  that  guarantees
Manitex, Inc. and Manitex International, Inc. indebtedness to Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.11 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011). 

Security Agreement dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between Badger Equipment Company and Comerica
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011). 

Security  Agreement  dated  June  29,  2011  by  and  between,  and  between  Manitex  Load  King,  Inc.  and  Comerica
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011). 

Guaranty  of  Manitex,  Inc.  dated  June  29,  2011  that  guarantees  Manitex  International,  Inc.  indebtedness  to
Comerica  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.14  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  July  1, 
2011). 

Loan  Agreement  dated  November  2,  2011,  between  the  South  Dakota  Board  of  Economic  Development  and
Manitex Load King, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 8, 2011). 

Promissory Note in the principal amount of $857,500 dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc.
and the South Dakota Board of Economic Development (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011). 

Mortgage—One Hundred Eighty Day Redemption dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and
the  South  Dakota  Board  of  Economic  Development  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011). 

Guaranty  Agreement  dated  November  2,  2011,  between  the  State  of  South  Dakota  Board  of  Economic
Development and Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011). 

10.65* 

Employment  Agreement  dated  November  2,  2011,  between  the  State  of  South  Dakota  Board  of  Economic
Development  and  Manitex  Load  King,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011). 

10.66 

10.67 

10.68 

10.69 

10.70 

10.71 

10.72 

10.73 

Promissory Note in the principal amount of $857,500 dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. 
and  Home  Federal  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  to  the  Current Report on  Form 8-K filed on 
November 8, 2011). 

Mortgage One Hundred Eighty Day Redemption dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and
Home  Federal  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  filed  on 
November 8, 2011). 

Guaranty  dated  November  2,  2011,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.,  Manitex  Load  King,  Inc.  and  Home
Federal Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 
2011). 

Promissory Note in the principal amount of $400,000 dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc.
and  Home  Federal  Bank  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Current Report on  Form 8-K  filed on 
November 8, 2011). 

Security  Agreement  dated  November  2,  2011,  between  Home  Federal  Bank  and  Manitex  Load  King,  Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011). 

English Summary of Form of Agreement for the Provision of Goods dated June 29, 2011 between CVS Ferrari Srl
and  Cabletronic  srl.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K/A  filed  on 
August 8, 2011). 

English  Summary  of  Form  of  Letter  Agreement  dated  February  11,  2011  between  C.V.S.  Costruzione  Veicoli
Speciali S.p.A. and CVS Ferrari srl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K/A filed on August 8, 2011). 

Investment Agreement, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc., IPEF III Holdings n° 11 S.A and
Columna Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 25, 2014). 

98 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No. 

  Description 

10.74 

10.75 

10.76 

10.77 

10.78 

10.79 

10.80 

10.81 

10.82 

21.1 (1) 

23.1 (1) 

24.1 (1) 

31.1 (1) 

31.2 (1) 

32.1(1) 

101(1) 

Debt  Assignment  Agreements,  dated  July  21,  2014,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  Banca  Popolare
del’Emilia Romagna S.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 25, 2014). 

Debt  Assignment  Agreements,  dated  July  21,  2014,  between  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  Unicredit  S.P.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Option Agreement, dated July 21, 2014, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and Banca Popolare del’Emilia
Romagna  S.C.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  July  25, 
2014). 

Commitment Letter dated July 21, 2014 the Company and PM Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Common  Stock  and  Convertible  Debenture  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  October  29,  2014,  between  Manitex
International, Inc. and Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form
8-K filed on November 3, 2014). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 among ASV, the Loan Parties party thereto and Garrison Loan
Agency Services LLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014). 

First Amendment, dated March 15, 2016, to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 among ASV, the 
Loan  Parties  party  thereto  and  Garrison  Loan  Agency  Services  LLC,  as  Administrative  Agent  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 17, 2017). 

Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  December 23,  2016  among  A.S.V.,  LLC,  the
Loan  Parties  thereto,  the  Lenders  and  PNC  Bank,  National  Association,  as  agent  for  Lenders  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2016). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 among ASV, the Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party
thereto and JPMorgan Chase bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014). 

   Subsidiaries of the Company. 

   Consent of UHY LLP. 

   Power of Attorney (included on signature page). 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. 

Certification  of  Principal  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)  and 15d-14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. 

   Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

The following financial information from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2016, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of
Income  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  (ii)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of
December 31, 2016 and 2015, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity and Comprehensive Income, 
(iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

* 
(1)  Filed herewith. 

99 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
FOURTH AMENDMENT 
TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 

Exhibit 10.28 

THIS  FOURTH  AMENDMENT  TO  LOAN  AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (this 
“Amendment”) entered into as of this 10th day of February, 2017 is by and among MANITEX 
INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Michigan corporation (“Manitex International”), MANITEX, INC., 
a Texas corporation (“Manitex”), MANITEX SABRE, INC., a Michigan corporation (“Sabre”), 
BADGER  EQUIPMENT  COMPANY,  a  Minnesota  corporation  (“Badger”),  CRANE  AND 
MACHINERY,  INC.,  an  Illinois  corporation  (“Crane  and  Machinery”),  CRANE  AND 
MACHINERY LEASING, INC., an Illinois corporation (“Crane and Machinery Leasing”), and 
MANITEX, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Manitex LLC”; together with Manitex 
International, Manitex, Sabre, Badger, Crane and Machinery, and Crane and Machinery Leasing, 
collectively,  the  “Borrowers”),  THE  PRIVATEBANK  AND  TRUST  COMPANY  (in  its 
individual  capacity,  “PrivateBank”),  as  administrative  agent  and  sole  lead  arranger  (in  such 
capacity, “Administrative Agent”), and the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent, Lenders, and Borrowers are party to that certain Loan 
and Security Agreement dated as of July 20, 2016, as amended by that certain First Amendment 
to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  August 4,  2016,  that  certain  Consent  and  Second 
Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  September 30,  2016  and  that  certain 
Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 8, 2016 (as amended 
hereby and as the same may be from time to time further amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified, the “Agreement”); and 

WHEREAS,  Administrative  Agent,  Lenders  and  Borrowers  desire  to  enter  into  this 
Amendment  to,  among  other  items,  (i)  amend  certain  financial  and  reporting  covenants,  and 
(ii) otherwise amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms herein. 

NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  mutual  agreements 
herein  contained  and  for  the  purposes  of  setting  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this 
Amendment, the parties, intending to be bound, hereby agree as follows: 

1. 

Incorporation  of  the  Agreement.    All  capitalized  terms  which  are  not  defined 
hereunder shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Agreement, and the Agreement, to the 
extent not inconsistent with this Amendment, is incorporated herein by this reference as though 
the same were set forth in its entirety.  To the extent any terms and provisions of the Agreement 
are  inconsistent  with  the  amendments  set  forth  in  Section 2  below,  such  terms  and  provisions 
shall be deemed superseded hereby.  Except as specifically set forth herein, the Agreement shall 
remain in full force and effect and its provisions shall be binding on the parties hereto. 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

 
2. 

Amendment of the Agreement.   

(a) 

The  definition  of  “Fourth  Amendment  Effective  Date”  is  hereby  added  to 

Section 1.1 of the Agreement to read in its entirety as follows: 

Fourth Amendment Effective Date shall mean February 10, 2017. 

(b) 

The definition of  the terms “2016 EBITDA” and “Eligible Mexico Receivable” 

are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Agreement to read in their entirety as follows: 

2016 EBITDA shall mean, without duplication, with respect to any 
period,  Borrowers’    (i) net  income  after  Taxes  for  such  period 
(excluding any after-tax gains or losses on the sale of assets (other 
than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business) and 
excluding  other  after-tax  extraordinary  gains  or  losses),  plus 
(ii) tax refunds paid to Borrowers with respect to any Fiscal Year 
before  and  including  Fiscal  Year  2015,  plus  (iii) Interest  Expense 
(whether  paid  or  accrued),  plus  (iv) income  tax  expense  (whether 
paid  or  accrued),  plus  (v) depreciation  and  plus  (vi) amortization 
(including  amortization  of  goodwill,  debt  issuance  costs  and 
amortization and any non-cash impairment of intangibles) for such 
period, plus (vii) upon approval by Administrative Agent, any fees, 
expenses or other costs incurred in connection with the sale of any 
Subsidiary,  plus  (viii) any  other  non-cash  charges  or  gains  which 
have been subtracted in calculating net income after Taxes for such 
period 
plus 
(ix) management fees that are charged but unpaid by non-Borrower 
Subsidiaries not to exceed $500,000 per Fiscal Year.  

compensation), 

stock-based 

(including 

Eligible  Mexico  Receivable  shall  mean,  account  receivables  
owing to the Borrowers by Maquinaria Ucha which otherwise meet 
all requirement of Eligible Receivables (other than the fact that the 
Account Debtor is not located in the United States). 

(c) 

The  definition  of    the  terms  “Adjusted  EBITDA”,  “EBITDA”    and  “US 
Revolving  Loan  Availability”  appearing  in  Section 1.1  of  the  Agreement  are  hereby  amended 
and restated to read in its entirety as follows: 

Adjusted EBITDA means 2016 EBITDA plus actual management 
fees received by Borrowers in cash during such period from non-
Borrower  Affiliates.    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Adjusted 
EBITDA  for  the  year  to  date  period  ending  (i) March 31,  2016 
shall  be  $2,746,000,  (ii) June 30,  2016  shall  be  $2,964,000  and 
(iii) September 30,  2016 shall be $1,632,000, all as determined in 
accordance with Schedule I hereto.  

EBITDA  shall  mean,  without  duplication,  with  respect  to  any 
period,  Borrowers’   (i) net  income  after  Taxes  for  such  period 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

2 

 
 
(excluding any after-tax gains or losses on the sale of assets (other 
than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business) and 
excluding  other  after-tax  extraordinary  gains  or  losses),  plus 
(ii) taxes,  plus  (iii) Interest  Expense  (whether  paid  or  accrued), 
plus  (iv) income  tax  expense  (whether  paid  or  accrued),  plus 
(v) depreciation,  plus  (vi) amortization  (including  amortization  of 
goodwill,  debt  issuance  costs  and  amortization  and  any  non-cash 
impairment  of  intangibles)  for  such  period,  plus  (vii) upon 
approval  by  Administrative  Agent,  any  fees,  expenses  or  other 
costs incurred in connection with the sale of any Subsidiary, plus 
(viii) any  other  non-cash  charges  or  gains  which  have  been 
subtracted  in  calculating  net  income  after  Taxes  for  such  period 
(including  stock-based  compensation),  plus  (ix) management  fees 
received in cash not to exceed $500,000 per Fiscal Year. 

US  Revolving  Loan  Availability  shall  mean  with  respect  to 
Borrowers an amount up to the lesser of the sum of the following 
sublimits:  (i) up  to  eighty-five  percent  (85%)  of  the  face  amount 
(less  maximum  discounts,  credits  and  allowances  which  may  be 
taken by or granted to Account Debtors in connection therewith in 
the  ordinary  course  of  Borrowers’  business)  of  US  Borrowers’ 
Eligible  US  Accounts  (it  being  understood  and  agreed  that  such 
advance rate shall be reduced by one (1) percentage point for each 
whole or partial percentage point by which Dilution (as determined 
by Administrative Agent in good faith based on the results of the 
most  recent  twelve (12)  month  period  for  which  Administrative 
Agent  has  conducted  a  field  audit  of  Borrowers)  exceeds  five 
percent (5%)),  plus  (ii) up  to  fifty  percent (50%)  of  the  lower  of 
cost or market value of US Borrowers’ Eligible US Inventory and 
Eligible Chassis Inventory up to a maximum aggregate amount of 
Seventeen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($17,500,000), 
plus (iii) up to eighty percent (80%) of the lower of cost or market 
value of US Borrowers’ Used Equipment Purchased for Resale or 
Rent  up  to  a  maximum  aggregate  amount  of  Two  Million 
Dollars ($2,000,000),  plus  (iv) lesser  of  (x) eighty-five  percent 
(85%) of Eligible Bill and Hold Receivables of the US Borrowers 
and  (y) $10,000,000,  plus  (v)  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  Eligible 
Mexico  Receivables,  provided,  however,  that  the  amount  of  such 
Eligible  Mexico  Receivables  shall  not  exceed  $400,000  in  the 
aggregate  at  any  time,  minus  (vi) such  reserves  as  Administrative 
Agent elects, in its Permitted Discretion, determined in good faith, 
to  establish  from  time  to  time,  including,  without  limitation,  (x) 
reserves  with  respect  to  Bank  Products  Obligations  and  Hedging 
Obligations and (y)  a reserve in the amount of $5,000,000 to be in 
effect  upon  the  earlier  of  (a)  the  date  of  receipt  of  the  proceeds 
from  the  sale  of  the  Borrowers’ interest  in  the  ASV  joint  venture 
and  (b)  April  30,  2017  to  be  in  effect  until  the  Borrowers  report 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

3 

 
 
Fixed  Charge  Coverage  of  1.10:1.0  or  better  as  measured  on 
September 30, 2017 or at any quarter ended thereafter. 

(d) 
read as follows: 

Section 9.3  of  the  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  and  restated  in  its  entirety  to 

Financial  Statements. 

  Borrowers  shall  deliver 

9.3 
to 
Administrative  Agent  the  following  financial  information,  all  of 
which  shall  be  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  consistently  applied,  and 
shall  be 
accompanied by a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit C 
hereto:  (i) no later than thirty (30) days after each month which is 
not  a  calendar  quarter  end  (except  for  the  month  of  January)  and 
forty-five (45)  days  after  the  month  of  January  and  each  quarter 
ending  calendar  month,  copies  of  internally  prepared  financial 
statements,  including,  without  limitation,  (A) balance  sheets  and 
statements  of  income  of  Borrowers,  on  a  consolidating  basis, 
(B) cash  flow  and  statements  of  equity  on  a  consolidated  basis 
certified  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  each  Borrower;  (ii) no 
later  than  forty-five (45)  days  after  each  calendar  quarter,  a 
calculation of all financial covenants contained in this Agreement; 
and (iii) no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end 
of  each  of  Borrowers’  Fiscal  Years,  audited  annual  financial 
statements  with  an  unqualified  opinion  by  independent  certified 
public  accountants  selected  by  Borrowers  and 
reasonably 
satisfactory  to  Administrative  Agent,  which  financial  statements 
shall be accompanied by copies of any management letters sent to 
a Borrower by such accountants. 

(e) 

The Fixed Charge Coverage ratio  set forth in Section 14.1 of the Agreement will 
not  be  tested  for  the  quarters  ending  March  31,  2017,  June  30,  2017  or  September 30,  2017.  
Such covenant shall resume testing on December 31, 2017 as set forth below.   

(f) 
read as follows:  

Section 14.1  of  the  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  and  restated  in  its  entirety  to 

14.1  Fixed  Charge  Coverage.    Borrowers  shall  not  permit  the 
ratio of (i) EBITDA minus (ii) all unfinanced Capital Expenditures 
of Borrowers during the applicable period to (iii) Fixed Charges to 
be less than the ratio for such period set forth below:   

Period 

Twelve (12) month period ended 
December 31, 2017  
Twelve (12) month period ended March 31, 
2018 and each Computation Period ended 
thereafter  

4 

Ratio 

1.05:1.0 

1.15:1.0 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

 
 
 
 
(g) 
read as follows: 

Section 14.2  of  the  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  and  restated  in  its  entirety  to 

14.2  Adjusted  EBITDA.    Borrowers  shall  maintain  Adjusted 
EBITDA  of  not  less  than  $1,200,000  for  the  twelve  (12)  month 
period ended December 31, 2016. 

(h) 

A new Section 14.3 is hereby added to the Agreement to read as follows: 

14.3  EBITDA.    Borrowers  shall  maintain    EBITDA  of  not  less 
than  the  amounts  set  forth  below  measured  at  the  end  of  each 
period set forth below: 

Period 

Three (3) month period ended March 31, 2017  
Six (6) month period ended June 30, 2017 
Nine (9) month period ended September 30, 
2017 and each Computation Period ended 
thereafter  

Amount 

($1,000,000) 
$0 
$2,000,000 

3. 

Delivery  of  Documents.    The  following  documents  and  other  items  shall  be 

delivered concurrently with this Amendment: 

(i) 

this Amendment;  

(ii) 

such  other  documents  and  certificates  as  Administrative  Agent  shall 

reasonably request; and 

(iii) 

payment  of  an  amendment  fee  of  $50,000,  which  amount  shall  be  fully 

earned, payable and non-refundable as of the date hereof. 

4. 

Representations,  Covenants  and  Warranties;  No  Default.    Borrowers  hereby 

represent and warrant to Administrative Agent as of the date hereof as follows: 

(a) 

The  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Amendment  and  the  performance  by 
Borrowers of their obligations hereunder are within Borrowers’ powers and authority, have been 
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not contravene or conflict 
with the organizational documents of Borrowers; 

(b) 

The Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents 
constitute  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligations  enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  terms  by 
Administrative Agent against Borrowers, and Borrowers expressly reaffirm and confirm each of 
their obligations under the Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and each of the other 
Loan  Documents.    Borrowers  further  expressly  acknowledge  and  agree  that  Administrative 
Agent has a valid, duly perfected, first priority and fully enforceable security interest in and lien 
against each item of Collateral except as otherwise set forth in the Agreement.  Borrowers agree 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
that they shall not dispute the validity or enforceability of the Agreement (as it was stated before 
and  after  this  Amendment)  or  any  of  the  other  Loan  Documents  or  any  of  its  respective 
obligations  thereunder,  or  the  validity,  priority,  enforceability  or  extent  of  Administrative 
Agent’s security interest in or lien against any item of Collateral, in any judicial, administrative 
or other proceeding; 

(c) 

No consent, order, qualification, validation, license, approval or authorization of, 
or  filing,  recording,  registration  or  declaration  with,  or  other  action  in  respect  of,  any 
governmental body, authority, bureau or agency or other Person is required in connection with 
the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  of,  or  the  legality,  validity,  binding  effect  or 
enforceability of, this Amendment;  

(d) 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by Borrowers does 
not and will not violate any law, governmental regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable 
to Borrowers and does not and will not violate the provisions of, or constitute a default or any 
event of default under, or result in the creation of any security interest or lien upon any property 
of  Borrowers  pursuant  to,  any  indenture,  mortgage,  instrument,  contract,  agreement  or  other 
undertaking to which any Borrower is a party or is subject or by which any Borrower or any of 
its real or personal property may be bound; and 

(e) 

The  representations,  covenants  and  warranties  set  forth  in  Section 11  of  the 
Agreement shall be deemed remade as of the date hereof by Borrowers, except that any and all 
references to the Agreement in such representations and warranties shall be deemed to include 
this Amendment.  No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no event has occurred 
and is continuing which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute 
such an Event of Default under the Agreement. 

5. 

Fees  and  Expenses.    The  Borrowers  agree  to  pay  on  demand  all  costs  and 
expenses  of  or  incurred  by  Administrative  Agent,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  legal  fees  and 
expenses, in connection with the evaluation, negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of 
this Amendment. 

6. 

Effectuation. 

  The  amendments  to  the  Agreement  contemplated  by  this 
Amendment shall be deemed effective immediately upon the full execution of this Amendment 
and without any further action required by the parties hereto.  There are no conditions precedent 
or subsequent to the effectiveness of this Amendment. 

7. 

Counterparts.    This  Amendment  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more  counterparts, 
each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the 
same instrument.  A facsimile or other electronic signature to this Amendment shall be deemed 
an original signature hereunder. 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

6 

 
 
(Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement) 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Fourth Amendment 

to Loan and Security Agreement as of the date first above written. 

BORROWERS: 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Michigan 
corporation 
MANITEX, INC., a Texas corporation 
MANITEX SABRE, INC., a Michigan corporation
BADGER EQUIPMENT COMPANY, a 
Minnesota corporation 
CRANE AND MACHINERY, INC., an Illinois 
corporation 
CRANE AND MACHINERY LEASING, INC., 
an Illinois corporation 
MANITEX, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company 

/s/ DAVID H. GRANSEE 

By: 
Name:David H. Gransee 
Title:  Vice President or Secretary 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement) 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: 

THE PRIVATEBANK AND TRUST 
COMPANY, as Administrative Agent and a 
Lender 
By: /s/TODD BERNIER 

Todd Bernier, Managing Director 

CHICAGO/#2943746.4  

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1 

1. 

  Quantum Value Management LLC—a Michigan limited liability company 

Subsidiaries of Manitex International, Inc. 

2. 

  Manitex, LLC—a Delaware limited liability company 

3. 

  Manitex, Inc.—a Texas corporation 

4 

  Badger Equipment Company—a Minnesota corporation 

5. 

  Manitex Sabre, Inc.—a Michigan corporation 

6. 

  A.S.V., LLC – Minnesota limited liability company 

7. 

  PM Group S.p.A. – an Italian corporation 

8. 

  Crane and Machinery, Inc.- an Illinois corporation 

9. 

  Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc.-an Illinois corporation 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-213808 and 333-202103) 
and  Form  S-8  (No.  333-215781)  of  Manitex  International,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  of  our  report  dated  March  9,  2017,  relating  to  our 
audits of the consolidated financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Exhibit 23.1 

/s/ UHY LLP 
UHY LLP 

Sterling Heights, Michigan 
March 9, 2017 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, David J. Langevin, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Manitex International, Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined  in  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)) and  internal  control over financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions): 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and 

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March  9, 2017 

By: 
Name:
Title: 

/ S / D AVID J. L ANGEVIN 
David J. Langevin 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer 
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

 
 
  
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, David H. Gransee, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Manitex International, Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined  in  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)) and  internal  control over financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions): 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and 

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March  9, 2017 

/ S / D AVID H. G RANSEE 
David H. Gransee 

By: 
Name:
Title:  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

 
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C. 1350 AS  ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 906  OF  THE  SARBANES-
OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Solely for the purpose of complying with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, 
the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify 
that,  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge,  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Company  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  (the 
“Report”)  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section 13(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  that  the  information 
contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Exhibit 32.1 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

/ S / D AVID J. L ANGEVIN 
David J. Langevin 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer 
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

Dated: March 9, 2017 

/ S / D AVID H. G RANSEE 
David H. Gransee 

By: 
Name: 
Title:  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
of Manitex International, Inc.) 

Dated: March 9, 2017